< Назад | Содержимое | Далее >

ENGINE PERFORMANCE

Engine Controls and Fuel - 1.5L (L3A) - Diagnostic Information and Procedures - Volt

DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES

DTC P0446: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) VENT SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptor


DTC P0446

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Vent System Performance

Typical Scan Tool Data


Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Signal Voltage

Fuel Tank Pressure

2.67 V

Atmospheric Pressure/BARO

Less than 1.5 V

Positive Pressure

More than 1.5 V

Negative Pressure/Vacuum

Circuit/System Description


This DTC tests the evaporative emission (EVAP) system for a restricted or blocked EVAP vent path. There are two parts to this test.

image Part one uses the fuel tank pressure sensor to indicate vacuum comes within a calibrated range within a calibrated time.

image The second part of this test looks for excessive vacuum which would indicate a restriction. The duration of this second part of is a function of purge volume through the system.

The table listed below illustrates the relationship between the ON and OFF states, and the OPEN or CLOSED states of the EVAP purge and vent solenoid valves.


ECM Command

EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve

EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve

ON (Venting)

Open

Open, Venting

OFF (Not Venting)

Closed

Closed, Not Venting

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTCs P00C8, P00C9, P00CA, P0068, P0071, P0072, P0073 P0090, P0091, P0092, P0442, P0443, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0455, P0458, P0459, P0461, P0462, P0463, P0497, P0498, P0499, P0502, P0503, P0606, P0722, P0723, P0191, P0192, P0193, P06A3, P06DB, P06D2, P06DE, P0A1D,

P0601, P0604, P0697, P145D, P145E, P160D, P160E, P1682, P16A0, P16A1, P16A2, P16A7, P16F3, P1104, P127A, P127C, P127D, P15F2, P1221, P2066, P2067, P2068, P2100, P2101, P2102, P2103, P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2135, P2138, P215B, P2176, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2230, P228C, P228D, P2400, P2401, P2402, P2418, P2419, P2420, P2422, P2450, P24B9, P24BA, P24BB, U0073,

U0074, U0293, U1817 are not set. image The EVAP purge solenoid is open. image The EVAP vent solenoid is open.

image The EVAP leak detection pump is OFF.

image The vehicle service mode voltage is greater than 11 V.

image The barometric pressure (BARO) is between 70 - 110 kPa (10 - 16 PSI). image The outside air temperature is between 4 - 35°C (39 - 95°F).

image The engine RPM to enable is between 1500 - 3400.

image The engine RPM to re-enable is between 1500 - 3300.

image The engine vacuum to enable is between 15 - 56 kPa (2.1 - 8.1 PSI).

image The engine vacuum to re-enable is between 16 - 54 kPa (2.3 - 7.8 PSI). image The engine airflow to enable is between 5 - 29 g/s.

image The engine airflow to re-enable is between 6 - 27 g/s. image The purge flow to enable is greater than 0.17 g/s.

image The purge flow to re-enable is greater than 0.18 g/s. image The purge duty cycle to enable is greater than 15%.

image The purge duty cycle to re-enable is greater than 16%.

image The requested purge flow to enable is greater than 2.94%.

image The delivered purge flow to re-enable is greater than 2.89%. image The delivered purge flow to enable is greater than 2.06%.

image The engine is running. image The purge is enabled.

image The refueling request button is not pressed. image The device control is less than 0.5 s.

image The fuel tank protection is not active.

This test will start and run once per trip when propulsion system is active and engine is On. DTC P0497 has run and passed.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


If fuel tank pressure sensor reading is less than -13 in H2O (-3.24 kPa) of vacuum for 5 s

Action Taken When the DTC Sets DTC P0446 is a Type B DTC. Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC

DTC P0446 is a Type B DTC.

Diagnostic Aids

An intermittent condition could be caused by: image A damaged EVAP vent housing

image A temporary blockage at the EVAP vent solenoid valve inlet image Pinched vent hose

image A blockage in the vent system may also cause a poor fuel fill problem.


Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Powertrain Component View

Powertrain Component Views

Description and Operation

image Evaporative Emission Control System Description image Hybrid Modes of Operation Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information Special Tools

image CH-41415-30 Fuel Tank Cap Adapter

image GE-41413-A Evaporative Emissions System Tester

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) Special Tools (Repair Tools) .

Circuit/System Verification

1. Vehicle in Service Mode

2. Verify DTC P0449 is not set.

image If the DTC is set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

image If the DTC is not set

3. Vehicle OFF, remove the fuel tank filler cap. Vehicle in Service Mode.

4. Verify that the Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor voltage parameter is between 2.0 - 3.0 V.

image If not between the 2.0 - 3.0 V

Refer to DTC P0451-P0453.

image If between the 2.0 - 3.0 V

5. Install the fuel tank filler cap, engine Running at operating temperature for 5 min,

6. Verify the scan tool Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor parameter does not increase to greater than 0.29 V when commanding the EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve to 50%.

image If greater than 2.5 V

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If 2.5 V or less

7. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

8. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: Perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with the Circuit/System Testing.


1. Verify a blockage or restriction does not exist in the EVAP system components listed below. image Evaporative Emission Vent System Hoses

image Evaporative Emission Canister

image Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve image Evaporative Emission Vent Filter

image If a condition exists

Repair or replace the component as necessary

image If none of the conditions exist

2. Reconnect all previously disconnected EVAP hardware.


NOTE: Refer to the GE-41413-A operation manual for detailed instructions in Evaporative Emission Control System Diagnosis.


3. Remove the fuel fill cap and connect the CH-41415-30 to the fuel tank filler neck. Connect the

GE-41413-A to the CH-41415-30 .

4. Turn the nitrogen/smoke valve on the GE-41413-A to nitrogen.


NOTE: DO NOT exceed the specified value in this step. Exceeding the specified value may produce incorrect test results.


5. Use the remote switch to activate the GE-41413-A and pressurize the fuel tank to 5.0 in H2O (1.24 kPa).

6. Vehicle in Service Mode

7. Verify the scan tool Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor parameter is 0 in H2O (0 kPa) when commanding the EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve to ON (Venting).

image If not 0 in H2O

Test for a blockage or a restriction in the EVAP vent hose or inlet. If the inlet or hose test normal, replace the Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve.

image If 0 in H2O

8. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to step 1 above.

image If the DTC does not set

9. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Refer to Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement

image Refer to Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement

image Refer to Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement

DTC P0449, P0498, OR P0499: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) VENT SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure.

image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P0449

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Vent Solenoid Valve Control Circuit

DTC P0498

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Vent Solenoid Valve Control Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P0499

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Vent Solenoid Valve Control Circuit High Voltage

Diagnostic Fault Information


Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

B+

P0498

P0449, P0498

-

Control

P0498

P0449

P0499

Circuit/System Description


The EVAP vent solenoid valve controls fresh airflow into the EVAP canister. Battery voltage is supplied to the normally closed evaporative emission (EVAP) vent solenoid valve. The ECM grounds the EVAP vent solenoid valve control circuit through an internal switch called a driver. The ECM monitors the status of the driver. The driver is equipped with a feedback circuit that is pulled-up to a voltage. The ECM can determine if the control circuit is open, shorted to ground, or shorted to a voltage by monitoring the feedback voltage.

Conditions for Running the DTC


DTCs P0449, P0498 and P0499 run continuously when the above conditions are met.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


The ECM detects that the commanded state of the driver and the actual state of the control circuit do not match for greater than 5 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTCs P0449, P0498 and P0499 are Type B DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTCs P0449, P0498 and P0499 are Type B DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids


Where multiple DTCs set look for a common root cause like battery feeds, grounds, splices, etc.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Powertrain Component View

Powertrain Component Views

Description and Operation

Evaporative Emission Control System Description

Hybrid Modes of Operation Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode, command the EVAP vent solenoid valve to Venting and Not Venting with a scan tool. Listen or feel for a click when the valve operates.

image No click heard or felt

Refer to Circuit/System testing

image Click heard or felt

2. Command the EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve to Venting and Not Venting with a scan tool

3. Verify the following scan tool parameters listed below do not display Malfunction : image EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve Output Circuit High Voltage Test Status

image EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve Output Circuit Open Test Status

image EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve Output Circuit Low Voltage Test Status

image If Malfunction is displayed

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

5. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

6. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve.

2. Vehicle in Service Mode.

3. Verify that a test lamp illuminates between the B+ circuit terminal A or 2 and ground.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the B+ circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the B+ circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance, test all components connected to the B+ circuit for a short and replace as necessary.

image If the test lamp illuminates

4. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the B+ circuit terminal A or 2 and the control circuit terminal B or 1.

image If the test lamp illuminates

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate

5. Remove the test lamp.

6. Verify the scan tool EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status parameter displays OK when commanding the EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve to Venting with a scan tool.

image If OK is not displayed

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground.

image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If OK is displayed

7. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the control circuit terminal B or 1 and the B+ circuit terminal A or 2.

8. Verify the scan tool EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status parameter displays Malfunction when commanding the EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve to Venting with a scan tool.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the jumper wire, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the control circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If Malfunction is displayed

9. Test or replace the Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve.


Component Testing

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve.

2. Test for 10-30 Ω between the control terminal B or 1 and the B+ circuit terminal A or 2.

image If not between 10-30 Ω

Replace the Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve.

image If between 10-30 Ω

3. Test for no air flow through the Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve by applying vacuum to the pump side of the valve. It should hold 1 - 2 in. Hg (3 - 7 kPa) for 30 s.

image If not within the specified range

Replace the Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve

image If within the specified range

4. Jumper:

image The control terminal B or 1 to ground

image The B+ circuit terminal A or 2 to 12 V battery voltage

5. Apply vacuum to the pump side of the Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve. It should not hold vacuum.

image If it does hold vacuum

Replace the Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve

image If it does not hold vacuum

6. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Refer to Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement

image Refer to Control Module References for ECM replacement, programming and setup.

DTC P0451-P0453: FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P0451

Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Performance

DTC P0452

Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P0453

Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Circuit High Voltage

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

5 V Reference

P0452, P0532, P0641

P0452

P0453, P0533, P0641 *

-

Signal

P0452

P0452

P0453 *

-

Low Reference

-

P0453, P0463, P1458, P145A

-

-

* Internal ECM or fuel tank pressure sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+.

Typical Scan Tool Data


Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor

Circuit

Short to Ground

Open

Short to Voltage

Operating Conditions: Vehicle in Service Mode

Circuit

Short to Ground

Open

Short to Voltage

Parameter Normal Range: 0.15 - 4.85 V

5 V Reference

0 V

0 - 1.5 V

5 V

Signal

0 V

0 V

3 - 5 V

Low Reference

-

4 - 5 V

-


Circuit/System Description


The fuel tank pressure sensor measures the pressure or vacuum in the evaporative emission (EVAP) system. The engine control module (ECM) supplies a 5 V reference and a low reference circuit to the fuel tank pressure sensor. The fuel tank pressure sensor signal voltage varies depending on EVAP system pressure or vacuum.

The following tables illustrate relationship examples between the fuel tank pressure sensor and the ON and OFF states, and the OPEN or CLOSED states of the EVAP components.

Fuel Tank Pressure Relationship


Fuel Tank Pressure


Fuel Tank Pressure in. H2O/PSI

Fuel Tank Pressure Signal Voltage

Pressure

Positive Value, 14.9 in H2O/0.54 PSI

High, 4.73 V

No Pressure

Near Zero, 0 in H2O/0.001 PSI

2.6 V

Vacuum

Negative Value, - 2.37 in H2O/-

0.08 PSI

Low, 2.3 V

Fuel Tank Pressure to EVAP Leak Detection Pump Assembly Relationship


Fuel Tank Pressure


Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor

EVAP Leak Detection Pump Switch Valve


Vent Valve

EVAP Leak Detection Pump Pressure

Pressure or Vacuum

Positive or Negative Value

Vent

Closed

100 kPa (14.50 PSI)

*

Vacuum

Negative Value -1 kPa (0.15 PSI)

Pump/Not Venting

Open

99 kPa (14.36 PSI)

**

Pressure

Positive Value -3 kPa (0.44 PSI)

Pump/Not Venting

Open

103 kPa (14.94 PSI)

**

* Equivalent to barometric pressure reading.

** The values are examples only. Your readings may vary from this depending on the pressure or vacuum in the system and barometric pressure.

Conditions for Running the DTC


P0451 - Condition 1:

image DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0119, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P012B, P012C, P012D, P0222, P0223, P0449, P0452, P0453, P0461, P0462, P0463, P0498, P0499, P0502, P0503, P06E4, P0722, P0723, P1221, P1459, P145A, P2066, P2067, P2068, P2400, P2401, P2402, P2418, P2419, P2420, U0140, U182D, U0073, U0074,

P2537 or P2610 is not set.

image DTC P1458 or P145D are not present when the test failed this ignition cycle. image The barometric pressure (BARO) is between 70 - 110 kPa (10 - 16 PSI).

image The fuel level is between 10 - 90%.

image The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is less than 40°C (104°F).

image The intake air temperature (IAT) is between 4° - 45°C (39° - 113°F). image The propulsion system is not active.

image The vehicle is OFF.

image The service bay test is not active.

image The refueling request button is not pressed. image The battery voltage is greater than 10 V.

image The vehicle speed is less than 1.6 km/h (1 MPH).

image There are three possible time windows for this test to run. Up to that point and through this time period the propulsion system must not be active. These time windows are: 5.0, 7.0 or 9.5 h.

image The DTC runs once per drive cycle and immediately after a code clear when the above conditions are met.

P0451 - Condition 2:

image DTCs P0068, P0071, P0072, P0073, P010C, P010D, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P012B, P012C, P012D, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0449, P0452, P0453, P0455, P0458, P0459, P0498, P0499, P0502, P0503, P0722, P0723, P0606, P1104, P1221, P145A, P145D, P145E, P1458, P1459, P16F3, P2100, P2101, P2102, P2103, P2400, P2401, P2402, P2418, P2419, P2420, P2422 or P2450 is not set.

image The barometric pressure (BARO) is between 70 - 110 kPa (10 - 16 PSI).

image The outside air temperature (OAT) is between 4° - 35°C (39 - 102°F). image The engine is running.

image The run/crank voltage is greater than 11 V.

image The EVAP Purge solenoid valve is not enabled. image The refueling request button is not pressed.

image The DTC runs once per drive cycle when the above conditions are met.

P0452 and P0453

image Vehicle ON or the engine is running.

image DTCs P0452 and P0453 run continually when the above conditions are met.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


P0451

The ECM detects the difference between the fuel tank pressure sensor and the EVAP leak detection pump pressure is greater than 0.747 kPa (0.11 PSI) for greater than 5 s.

P0452

The ECM detects the fuel tank pressure sensor voltage is less than 0.15 V for greater than 8 s.

P0453

The ECM detects the fuel tank pressure sensor voltage is greater than 4.85 V for greater than 8 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTCs P0451, P0452 and P0453 are Type B DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTCs P0451, P0452 and P0453 are Type B DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids


image A restriction in the EVAP canister or vent lines that keeps the fuel tank pressure and EVAP leak detection pump sensor from comparing each others value.

image Since this is a sealed system there could be a pressure or vacuum existing in the system. image A vent valve stuck closed will affect performance.

image A switching valve stuck in the vent position will affect performance.

image Ensure that the reference port on the fuel tank pressure sensor is unobstructed.

image In a sealed system a condition where there is a lot of pressure or vacuum in the fuel tank to start with (fuel tank pressure sensor is outside readable range), in those cases (high vacuum) you will not see any fuel tank pressure sensor movement after purge is commanded on. On the pressure side, it may eventually get into the readable range, but could take significant time. Opening/venting the vent solenoid before testing can relieve any stored pressure or vacuum to help alleviate this.

image A fuel tank pressure sensor that is skewed or does not have a linear transition from low to high may cause these DTC's to set. Scan tool output controls and Review Stored Data can help detect erratic sensor response. To test the sensor signal under vacuum conditions, use Review Stored Data and the EVAP Test function to capture data while commanding purge to 20%, then review stored data to look for erratic sensor operation. A similar test can be done for the pressure side of the sensor operation by applying pressure with the GE 41413-A while taking a snapshot.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Powertrain Component View

Powertrain Component Views

Description and Operation

image Evaporative Emission Control System Description image Hybrid Modes of Operation Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information Special Tools

GE 41413-A Evaporative Emissions System Tester

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) Special Tools (Repair Tools) .

Circuit/System Verification


NOTE: image The order of these steps is important. If not followed properly you will be bleeding off any pressure or vacuum in the system and not see any change in the EVAP leak detection pump sensor.

image Read the instructions for P0451 in their entirety before proceeding to understand what is being required.

image Ambient and vehicle component temperature must be above 0°C (32°F) to command the switching valve or vacuum pump. This prevents erroneous results and damage to the EVAP leak detection pump assembly.


P0451

1. Verify DTC P0449, P0498 or P0499 is not set

image If the DTC sets

Refer to: DTC P0449, P0498, or P0499

image If the DTC does not set

2. Verify DTC P0452 or P0453 is not set

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing

image If the DTC does not set

3. Vehicle in Service Mode.

4. Record the scan tool Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor parameter, pressure or vacuum.

5. Command the EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve to Venting.

6. The Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor parameter should be 0.07 in H2O, 0.01 kPa (0.00 PSI) after 5 s.

image If not within the specified range

Verify the following conditions do not exist:

image A restriction in the EVAP canister or vent lines image A EVAP vent solenoid valve stuck closed

image The reference port on the fuel tank pressure sensor is obstructed Repair or replace as necessary

image If within specified range

7. Command the EVAP leak detection pump ON using the scan tool EVAP Test. Get the fuel tank pressure sensor parameter to -11.56 in H2O, -2.88 kPa (-0.42 PSI) or greater. This may take several seconds.


NOTE: Use of any control function other than EVAP Test will not create a vacuum in the system.


NOTE: Vacuum will decay exiting the EVAP Test and going to step 8. This is normal. There should be sufficient vacuum left to perform steps 8 and 9.


8. Record the scan tool EVAP Leak Detection Pump and Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor parameters, reading one.

9. Perform each step listed below in order:

1. Select scan tool Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Test.

2. Command the EVAP Leak Detection Pump Switching Valve Command to Not Venting.

3. Wait for 3 s.

4. Command the EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve Command ON.


NOTE: Wait for 15 s while observing the parameters then click the pause button on the scan tool to retain the parameters.


10. Record the scan tool EVAP Leak Detection Pump and Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor parameters, reading two.

11. Press the scan tool Release Control button after recording the parameters.


NOTE: The subtraction results and Fuel Tank Pressure parameter should be negative since a vacuum was pulled on the system.


12. Subtract the EVAP leak detection pump reading 2 from EVAP leak detection pump reading 1. This value equals what the fuel tank pressure sensor, reading two, should be (EVAP leak detection pump reading 2 -

EVAP leak detection pump reading 1 = fuel tank pressure reading 2). The fuel tank pressure sensor should be within 3 in H2O, 0.749 kPa (0.11 PSI) of the subtraction just performed.

image If not within the specified range

Verify the following conditions do not exist:

image A restriction in the EVAP canister or vent lines image A EVAP vent solenoid valve stuck closed

image The reference port on the fuel tank pressure sensor is obstructed Repair or replace as necessary

image If within the specified range

13. All OK.

P0452 and P0453

1. Request a refueling event.

2. Remove the fuel cap.

3. Vehicle in Service Mode.

4. Verify the scan tool Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor parameter. It should be 2.67 V at 0 kPa (0 PSI).

image If not within the specified range

Refer to circuit/system testing.

image If within the specified range

5. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: Testing for steps 2 - 6 is performed on the ECM side of the harness connector.


1. Vehicle OFF, all systems OFF. Disconnect the harness connector at the B150 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor. It may take up to for 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.

2. Test for less than 5 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground.

image If 5 Ω or greater

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If less than 5 Ω

3. Vehicle in Service Mode.

4. Test for 4.8 - 5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 3 and ground.

image If less than 4.8 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the 5 V reference circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the 5 V reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If greater than 5.2 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the 5 V reference circuit and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If between 4.8 - 5.2 V

5. Verify the scan tool Fuel Tank Pressure parameter is less than 0.2 V.

image If 0.2 V or greater

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, Vehicle in Service Mode

2. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If less than 0.2 V

6. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 1 and the 5 V reference circuit terminal 3.

7. Verify the scan tool Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor parameter is greater than 4.7 V.

image If 4.7 V or less

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground. image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If greater than 4.7 V

8. Test or replace the B150 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor.


Component Testing


1. Remove the Q63 Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Assembly

2. Verify none of the conditions listed below exist:

image Poor connection at the X350 or X351 harness connectors image Open or shorted 5 V reference circuit

image Open or shorted sensor signal circuit image Open low reference circuit

image If a condition exists

Repair as necessary.

image If no conditions exist

3. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Refer to Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement

image Refer to Control Module References for ECM replacement, programming and setup.

DTC P0497: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM NO FLOW DURING PURGE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptor


DTC P0497

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System No Flow During Purge

Circuit/System Description


This DTC tests for proper intake manifold vacuum flow to the evaporative emission (EVAP) system. The engine control module (ECM) opens the EVAP purge solenoid valve and the EVAP vent solenoid valve. The ECM then monitors the fuel tank pressure sensor and EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor to determine if a vacuum is being drawn on the EVAP system. If vacuum in the EVAP system is less than a predetermined value within a predetermined time, this DTC sets.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTCs P0068, P0071, P0072, P0073, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0455, P0458, P0459, P0498, P0499, P0502, P0503, P0606, P0722, P0723, P16F3, P1104, P145D, P145E, P2100, P2101, P2102, P2103, P2400, P2401, P2402, P2418, P2419, P2420, P2422, P2450, P24B9, P24BA and P24BB is not set.

image The EVAP purge solenoid is open. image The EVAP vent solenoid is open.

image The EVAP leak detection pump is OFF.

image The vehicle service mode voltage is greater than 11 V.

image The barometric pressure (BARO) is between 70 - 110 kPa (10 - 16 PSI). image The outside air temperature is between 4 - 35°C (39 - 95°F).

image The engine RPM to enable is between 1500 - 3400.

image The engine RPM to re-enable is between 1500 - 3300.

image The engine vacuum to enable is between 15 - 56 kPa (2.1 - 8.1 PSI).

image The engine vacuum to re-enable is between 16 - 54 kPa (2.3 - 7.8 PSI). image The engine airflow to enable is between 5 - 29 g/s.

image The engine airflow to re-enable is between 6 - 27 g/s. image The purge flow to enable is greater than 0.17 g/s.

image The purge flow to re-enable is greater than 0.18 g/s. image The purge duty cycle to enable is greater than 15%.

image The purge duty cycle to re-enable is greater than 16%.

image The requested purge flow to enable is greater than 2.94%.

image The delivered purge flow to re-enable is greater than 2.89%. image The delivered purge flow to enable is greater than 2.06%.

image The engine is running. image The purge is enabled.

image The refueling request button is not pressed. image The device control is less than 0.5 s.

image The fuel tank protection is not active.

This test will start and run once per trip with propulsion system active and engine is ON.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


image After an initial time delay of 3 s when the fuel tank pressure sensor reading is greater than 0.39 kPa (0.056 PSI).

Or

image After an initial time delay of 3 s when the fuel tank pressure sensor reading is less than 0.39 kPa (0.056 PSI), plus an EVAP leak detection pump switching valve delay time of 0.2 s.

image If the EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor, gauge, indicates a vacuum change less than 2 kPa (0.29 PSI) for 20 s, then a low purge flow failure has been detected.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets DTC P0497 is a Type B DTC. Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC DTC P0497 is a Type B DTC. Diagnostic Aids

image A temporary blockage in the components listed below could cause an intermittent condition.

image EVAP purge solenoid valve image Purge pipe

image EVAP canister

image A EVAP vent solenoid valve stuck closed can cause this DTC to set.

image A EVAP leak detection pump switching valve stuck in the vent or pump position can cause this DTC to set.

image A fuel tank fuel pump module assembly not fully seated in the fuel tank can cause this DTC to set. image A loose fuel cap can cause this DTC to set.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Powertrain Component View

Powertrain Component Views

Description and Operation

image Evaporative Emission Control System Description image Hybrid Modes of Operation Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information Special Tools

image CH-48096 EVAP Service Access Port Tool

image GE-41413-A Evaporative Emissions System Tester

image GE-41413-300 EVAP Cap And Plug Kit

image GE-41413-SPT High Intensity White Light

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) Special Tools (Repair Tools) .

Circuit/System Verification


WARNING: Refer to Fuel and Evaporative Emission Pipe Warning . CAUTION: Refer to Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Caution .

NOTE: Refer to GE-41413-A operation manual for detailed instructions in Evaporative Emission Control System Diagnosis.


1. Verify the following conditions do not exist in the EVAP system: image A loose, missing, or damaged fuel fill cap.

image A stuck closed, blocked, or restricted EVAP purge solenoid valve.

image A blockage or restriction in the EVAP purge solenoid valve vacuum supply hose, purge pipe, EVAP canister or vapor pipe.

image If a condition is found

Repair or replace as necessary.

image If no conditions are found


CAUTION: Refer to Fuel and Evaporative Emission Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Caution .


2. Connect the CH-48096 to the EVAP purge solenoid valve.

3. Connect the GE-41413-A to CH-48096

4. Disconnect the fresh air intake tube from the EVAP leak detection pump.

5. Plug the fresh air port of the EVAP leak detection pump

6. Engine running, observe the GE-41413-A vacuum gauge and Fuel Tank Pressure parameter with a scan tool. There should be vacuum present.

image If no vacuum is detected

Refer to Circuit System Testing

image If vacuum is detected

7. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit System Testing

image If the DTC does not set

8. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: Perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with the Circuit/System Testing.


1. The GE-41413-A should still be installed from verification.

2. Engine running, observe the vacuum gauge while commanding the EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve to Increase with the scan tool. Vacuum should be present from 10 - 100%.

image If no vacuum is present

Test or replace the Q12 Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Valve.

image If vacuum is present

3. Install the plug in the fresh air port performed in step 5 of circuit system verification.

4. Observe the Fuel Tank Pressure parameter while commanding the EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve to Increase with the scan tool. The parameter should be greater than 1.50 V within 60 s.

image If less than the specified range

Repair the blocked purge path or test or replace the Q12 Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Valve.

image If within specified range

5. All OK


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Refer to Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement image Refer to Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement image Refer to Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement

image Refer to Evaporative Emission System Vacuum Leak Detection Pump Replacement

DTC P050D: COLD START ROUGH IDLE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptor


DTC P050D

Cold Start Rough Idle

Circuit/System Description


During a cold start, the engine control module (ECM) commands dual-pulse mode during Open Loop operation to improve cold start emissions. In dual-pulse mode, the injectors are energized twice during each injection event. As with misfire diagnosis, in dual-pulse mode the ECM monitors the crankshaft position sensor and the camshaft position sensors to calculate crankshaft rotation speed. In normal operation, optimum fuel delivery during dual-pulse mode produces a steady crankshaft rotation speed. If the variations exceed a calibrated value, the code will be set.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTCs P0010, P0011, P0013, P0014, P0020, P0021, P0023, P0024, P0090, P0091, P0092, P00C8, P00C9, P00CA, P0101-P0103, P0106-P0108, P010B, P010C, P010D, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0119, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0192, P0193, P0201-P0204, P0205, P0206, P0207, P0208, P0222, P0223, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271, P0273, P0274, P0276, P0277, P0279, P0280, P0282, P0283, P0335, P0336, P0351-P0354, P0355, P0356, P0357, P0358, P0502, P0503, P0506, P0507, P05CC, P05CD, P05CE, P05CF, P0627, P0628, P0629, P0697, P06A3, P0722, P0723, P0806, P0807, P0808, P111E, P1248, P1249, P124A, P127C, P127D, P124B, P128A, P128B, P128F, P16A0, P16A1, P16A2, P16E4, P16E5, P16F3, P182E, P1824, P182A, P182B, P182C, P182D, P182F, P1838, P1839, P1840, P1841, P18B5, P18B6, P18B7, P18B8, P18B9, P18BA, P18BB, P18BC, P18BD, P18BE, P18BF, P18C0, P18C1, P18C2, P18C3, P1915, P2088, P2089, P2090, P2091, P2092, P2093, P2094, P2095, P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2135, P2138, P2147, P2148, P2150, P2151, P2153, P2154, P2156, P2157, P216B, P216C, P216E, P216F, P217B, P217C, P217E, P217F, P1248, P1249, P124A, P124B, P124C, P124D, P124E, P124F, P2300, P2301, P2303, P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, P2310, P2312, P2313, P2315, P2316, P2318, P2319, P2321, P2322 are not set.

image The catalyst temperature is less than 350°C (662°F).

image The engine coolant temperature is between -15 - 56°C (5 - 132.8°F). image The barometric pressure is greater than 76 kPa.

image The engine speed is between 450 - 2200 RPM.

image The accelerator pedal position is less than 110%.

image The engine is running for less than 30 s and a cold start has been detected. image The DTC runs once per cold start.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


This DTC will set if the ECM detects variations in crankshaft rotation speed caused by the lack of adequate fuel delivery during dual-pulse mode.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


image DTC P050D is a Type B DTC.

image The ECM disables dual pulse mode and energizes the fuel injector as it would for a warm engine.


Conditions for Clearing the DTC DTC P050D is a Type B DTC. Diagnostic Aids

image This DTC may be set with a misfire DTC, however the existence of this DTC is a higher priority and indicates the condition to diagnose is related to fuel and/or injectors, not the ignition/spark system.

image A restricted fuel injector may cause this DTC to set.

image High resistance in the circuits of the injectors could set this DTC without setting an injector DTC. Test the injector circuits of the affected cylinders for a high resistance if you suspect a condition.

image A drop in system voltage during cold start may set this DTC.


Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Powertrain Component View

Powertrain Component Views

Description and Operation

Hybrid Modes of Operation Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


NOTE: Circuit/System Verification requires cold start. Do not start vehicle prior to connecting scan tool and preparing to evaluate the condition during engine crank.


1. Engine running.

2. Verify that the scan tool Cylinder 1-4 Current Misfire Counters are not incrementing during first 500 engine cycles.

image If incrementing

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If not incrementing

3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

4. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

5. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing

1. Verify that the fuel pressure is not too low or too high. Refer to Fuel System Diagnosis. image If a condition is found

Repair or replace components as necessary

image If a condition is not found

2. Verify that the fuel is not contaminated. Refer to Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis. image If the fuel is contaminated

Clean the fuel system. Refer to Fuel System Cleaning .

image If the fuel is not contaminated

3. Replace the appropriate fuel injectors as indicated by high misfire counts.


Repair Instructions


NOTE: Repair Verification requires cold start.


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair. Refer to Fuel Injector Replacement

DTC P057B-P057E: BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors

DTC P057B

Brake Pedal Position Sensor Performance

DTC P057C

Brake Pedal Position Sensor Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P057D

Brake Pedal Position Sensor Circuit High Voltage

DTC P057E

Brake Pedal Position Sensor Circuit Erratic

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

Signal

P057C

P057C

P057D

P057B, P057E

5 V Reference

P057C P0651

P057C

P0651

-

Low Reference

-

P057D

P057D

-

Typical Scan Tool Data


Brake Pedal Position Sensor


Circuit

Short to Ground


Open


Short to Voltage

Operating Conditions: Vehicle in Service Mode

Normal Range: 0.25 - 4.75 V

5 V Reference

0 V

0 V

-

Signal

0 V

0 V

5 V

Low Reference

-

5 V

-

Circuit/System Description


The brake pedal position (BPP) sensor is part of the engine brake pedal override feature. The engine control module (ECM) continuously monitors the vehicle speed and the position of the brake pedal. These two main inputs, along with other ECM inputs are used to determine if the vehicle is decelerating at the proper speed and rate with the brake pedal applied. When the engine brake pedal override system is active, the ECM reduces engine torque to assist in reducing vehicle speed.

The BPP sensor is a six wire sensor, and is part of a dual brake position sensor. One BPP Sensor is used for the stop lamps and the other BPP Sensor is used for the engine brake pedal override feature. The BPP Sensor for engine brake pedal override communicates with the ECM. The ECM supplies a 5 V reference circuit, low reference circuit, and signal circuit to the BPP sensor. The BPP sensor sends a voltage signal to the ECM on the signal circuit. The voltage on the signal circuit will vary from a voltage greater than 0.25 V when the brake

pedal is released to a voltage less than 4.75 V when the brake pedal is fully applied.

For information on the Stop Lamps side of the BPP Sensor, refer to Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation .

Conditions for Running the DTC


P057B

image DTCs P057C, or P057D are not set. image Ignition voltage is greater than 10 V.

image Shift lever has been in Park at least once during key ON. image Shift lever is not in Park.

image Vehicle speed is greater than 8 Km/h (5 mph). image Accelerator Pedal Position is less than 5%.

image DTC runs once per key cycle when above conditions are met.

P057C, P057D, or P057E

image Ignition voltage is greater than 10 V.

image DTC runs continuously when above condition is met.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


P057B

ECM detects the BPP sensor signal is stuck in a range for greater than 1 s.

P057C

ECM detects the BPP sensor voltage is less than 0.25 V greater than 1 s.

P057D

ECM detects the BPP sensor voltage is greater than 4.75 V greater than 1 s.

P057E

ECM detects the BPP sensor value varies greater than a calibrated value.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


image P057B, P057C, P057D, and P057E are Type A DTCs.

image Brake Pedal Position Sensor parameter defaults to 0%.


Conditions for Clearing the DTC


P057B, P057C, P057D, and P057E are Type A DTCs

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

image Engine Controls Schematics image Exterior Lights Schematics

Connector End View Reference

image COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

image INLINE HARNESS CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


NOTE: The Brake Pedal Position sensor scan tool data is located in the ECM automatic transmission data list.


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, or P06A3 is not set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

image If none of the DTCs are set

3. Transmission in Park, and service brake pedal released.

4. Verify the scan tool Brake Pedal Position Sensor parameter in the ECM displays released.

image If released is displayed

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If released is not displayed

5. Verify the scan tool Brake Pedal Position Sensor parameter changes as the brake pedal is applied and displays applied on a scan tool when the brake pedal is fully applied.

image If applied is displayed

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If applied is not displayed

6. Verify the scan tool Brake Pedal Position Sensor Learned Release Position parameter is within 0.1 V of the Brake Pedal Position Sensor parameter when the brake pedal is fully released.

image If difference is greater than 0.1 V

Perform the Brake Pedal Position Sensor Learn .

image If difference is 0.1 V or less

7. Verify the Brake Pedal Position Sensor parameter transitions smoothly without any spikes or dropouts when slowly applying and releasing the brake pedal.

image If parameter does not transition smoothly or has spikes or dropouts

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If parameter transitions smoothly and there are no spikes or dropouts

8. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

9. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

10. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: You must perform the Circuit/System Verification first.


1. Vehicle OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B22 Brake Pedal Position Sensor. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.


NOTE: All terminal references are for the vehicle harness brake pedal position sensor connector.


2. Test for less than 10 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 6 and ground.

image If 10 Ω or greater

1. Disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If less than 10 Ω

3. Vehicle in Service Mode.

4. Test for 4.8 - 5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 5 and ground.

image If less than 4.8 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the 5 V reference circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance.

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the 5 V reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If greater than 5.2 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle ON.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the 5 V reference circuit and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If between 4.8 - 5.2 V

5. Verify the scan tool Brake Pedal Position Sensor parameter is released.

image If released is not displayed

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle ON.

2. Test for less than 0.25 V between the signal circuit terminal 4 and ground. image If 0.25 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 0.25 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If released is displayed

6. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 4 and the 5 V reference circuit terminal 5.

7. Verify the scan tool Brake Pedal Position Sensor parameter is applied.

image If applied is not displayed

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the jumper wire, and disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 4 and ground. image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance.

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If applied is displayed

8. Replace the B22 Brake Pedal Position Sensor.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Refer to Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement

image Perform the Brake Pedal Position Sensor Learn following the replacement of the ECM or BPP sensor, or any repair that effects the BPP sensor alignment.

image Refer to Control Module References for Engine Control Module replacement, programming and setup.

DTC P0601-P0604, P0606, P062B, P062F, P0630, P16F3, OR P262B: CONTROL MODULE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Preform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P0601

Control Module Read Only Memory Performance

DTC P0602

Control Module Not Programmed

DTC P0603

Control Module Long Term Memory Reset

DTC P0604

Control Module Random Access Memory Performance

DTC P0606

Control Module Processor Performance

DTC P062B

Control Module Fuel Injector Control Performance

DTC P062F

Control Module Long Term Memory Performance

DTC P0630

VIN Not Programmed or Mismatched - Engine Control Module (ECM)

DTC P16F3

Control Module Redundant Memory Performance

DTC P262B

Control Module Power Off Timer Performance

Circuit/System Description


This diagnostic applies to internal microprocessor integrity conditions within the engine control module (ECM). This diagnostic also addresses if the ECM is not programmed.

The ECM monitors its ability to read and write to the memory. It also monitors a timing function.

Conditions for Running the DTC


P0601, P0602, P0630

image The vehicle is ON.

image These DTCs run continuously when the above condition is met.

P0603, P062F

image The vehicle is ON.

image These DTCs run once per ignition cycle.

P0604

image The vehicle is ON for greater than 30 s.

image DTC P0604 runs continuously when the above condition is met.

P0606, P062B

image The system voltage is greater than 11 V.

image DTC P0606 runs continuously when the above condition is met.

P16F3

image The engine is running.

image DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, or P0108 are not set.

image DTC P16F3 runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P262B

image Vehicle OFF.

image The ECM is not powered down.

image DTC P262B runs continuously when the above conditions are met.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


The ECM detects an internal failure or incomplete programming for more than 10 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


image DTCs P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P0630, and P16F3 are Type A DTCs.

image DTCs P062F and P262B are Type B DTCs.


Conditions for Clearing the DTC


image DTCs P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P0630, and P16F3 are Type A DTCs.

image DTCs P062B, P062F and P262B are Type B DTCs.


Diagnostic Aids

Low voltage or a momentary loss of power or ground to the ECM may cause a DTC to set. Verify the following: image The battery cables are clean and tight, and the battery is fully charged. Refer to Battery Inspection/Test

image The ECM ground circuits do not have an open or high resistance.

image The ECM power circuits do not have an open, short to ground, or high resistance.


Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Component View Reference

Powertrain Component Views

Description and Operation

Hybrid Modes of Operation Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Vehicle in Service Mode, clear the DTC information with a scan tool.

2. Verify no other DTCs are set.

image If any other DTCs are set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle for further diagnosis.

image If no other DTCs are set

3. Verify DTC P0602 or P0630 is not set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

1. Program the K20 Engine Control Module. Refer to Control Module References .

2. Verify DTC P0602 or P0630 is not set.

image If any of the DTCs are set, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. image If none of the DTCs are set

3. All OK.

image If none of the DTCs are set

4. Verify DTC P0601, P0603, P0604, P0606, P062B, P062F, P16F3, or P262B is not set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If none of the DTCs are set

5. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

Refer to Control Module References for control module replacement, programming, and setup.

DTC P0627-P0629: FUEL PUMP ENABLE CIRCUIT

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptor


DTC P0627

Fuel Pump Enable Circuit

DTC P0628

Fuel Pump Enable Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P0629

Fuel Pump Enable Circuit High Voltage

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

Control

P0171, P0506, P0628, P12A6

P0171, P0506, P0627, P12A6

P0629, P12A6

P12A6

Circuit/System Description


The engine control module (ECM) provides ignition voltage to the fuel pump driver control module whenever the engine is cranking or running. The ECM enables the fuel pump driver control module as long as the engine is cranking or running, and ignition system reference pulses are received. While this enable voltage is being received, the fuel pump driver control module supplies a varying voltage to the in-tank fuel pump module in order to maintain the desired fuel line pressure.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image The engine speed is greater than 0 RPM.

image The ignition voltage is greater than or equal to 11 V. image The fuel pump enable circuit is commanded ON.

image The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


The ECM detects that the commanded state of the driver and the actual state of the control circuit do not match for 2.5 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTCs P0627, P0628, and P0629 are Type B DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTCs P0627, P0628, and P0629 are Type B DTCs.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Fuel System Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify DTC P0627, P0628, or P0629 is not set.

image If a DTC is set

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If a DTC is not set

3. Verify the parameters listed below do not display Malfunction when commanding the Fuel Pump Enable On and Off with a scan tool.

image Fuel Pump Enable Circuit Low Voltage Test Status image Fuel Pump Enable Circuit Open Test Status

image Fuel Pump Enable Circuit High Voltage Test Status

image If Malfunction is displayed

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

5. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

6. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module harness connector.

2. Vehicle in Service Mode for greater than 10 s.

3. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the control circuit terminal 2 and ground.

image If the test lamp illuminates

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground.

image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate

4. Remove the test lamp.

5. Verify the scan tool Fuel Pump Enable Circuit Low Voltage Test Status parameter is OK when commanding the Fuel Pump Enable On with a scan tool.

image If OK is not displayed

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If OK is displayed

6. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the control circuit terminal 2 and ground.

7. Verify the scan tool Fuel Pump Enable Circuit Low Voltage Test Status parameter is Malfunction when commanding the Fuel Pump Enable On with a scan tool.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the jumper wire, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the control circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If Malfunction is displayed

8. Test or replace the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

Refer to Control Module References for Engine Control Module and Fuel Pump Power Control Module replacement, programming, and setup

DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, OR P06D2: 5 V REFERENCE 1-5 CIRCUIT

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors

DTC P0641

5 V Reference 1 Circuit

DTC P0651

5 V Reference 2 Circuit

DTC P0697

5 V Reference 3 Circuit

DTC P06A3

5 V Reference 4 Circuit

DTC P06D2

5 V Reference 5 Circuit

Circuit/System Description


The engine control module (ECM) has 5 internal 5 V reference circuits. Each internal reference circuit provides external 5 V reference circuits for more than one sensor. A short to ground or short to voltage on one external 5 V reference circuit can affect all the components connected to the same internal 5 V reference circuit.

Conditions for Running the DTC


The DTCs run continuously when the ignition voltage is greater than 6.4 V.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


The ECM detects a short to ground or voltage on any of the 5 V reference circuits for greater than 0.5 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTCs P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, and P06D2 are Type A DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTCs P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, and P06D2 are Type A DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids

The 5 V reference 1 circuit provides 5 V circuits to the sensors listed below: image Air conditioning (A/C) refrigerant pressure sensor

image Exhaust camshaft position sensor image Intake camshaft position sensor

image Fuel tank pressure sensor

The 5 V reference 2 circuit provides 5 V circuits to the sensors listed below:

image Evaporative emission system leak detection pump assembly image Crankshaft position sensor

The 5 V reference 3 circuit provides 5 V circuits to the sensors listed below:

image Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor image Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2

The 5 V reference 4 circuit provides 5 V circuits to the sensors listed below:

image Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 image Throttle position sensor 1 and 2

Disconnecting one component at a time from the affected 5 V reference circuit while observing the scan tool 5 V Reference Circuit Status parameter may help locate the fault. The scan tool parameter will change from Malfunction to OK when the source of the fault is disconnected. If all 5 V reference components have been disconnected and a fault is still indicated, the fault may exist in the wiring harness.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Component View Reference

Powertrain Component Views

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify all scan tool 5 V Reference Circuit Status parameters do not display Malfunction.

image If Malfunction is displayed

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

4. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

5. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: Additional DTCs will set when disconnecting the components.


1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at all appropriate sensors for the applicable DTC. Refer to Diagnostic Aids.

2. Vehicle in Service Mode.

3. Test for 4.8 - 5.2 V between one of the 5 V reference circuits and ground.

image If less than 4.8 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connectors at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the 5 V reference circuit for each applicable component and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If greater than 5.2 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connectors at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the 5 V reference circuit for each applicable component and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If between 4.8 - 5.2 V


NOTE: A short to voltage or ground on the signal circuit of certain components may cause this DTC to set.


4. Vehicle in Service Mode.

5. Verify the appropriate scan tool 5 V Reference 1, 2, 3, or 4 Circuit Status parameter displays OK while connecting each component associated with the 5 V reference circuit one at a time.

image If OK is not displayed when a component is connected

Test the signal circuit of that component for a short to ground or voltage. If the circuit tests normal, replace the component.

image If OK is displayed after all components have been connected

6. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Refer to Accelerator Pedal Replacement

image Refer to Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Intake

image Refer to Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Exhaust

image Refer to Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement

image Refer to Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement

image Refer to Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement

image Refer to Throttle Body Assembly Replacement

image Refer to Evaporative Emission System Vacuum Leak Detection Pump Replacement

image Refer to Control Module References for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup.

DTC P0650, P263A, OR P263B: MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL) CONTROL CIRCUIT

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptor


DTC P0650

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Control Circuit

DTC P263A

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Control Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P263B

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Control Circuit High Voltage

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

Ignition Voltage

P0650

P0650

-

-

Control

P0650, P263A*

P0650, P263A

P263B

-


Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

* The MIL remains ON


Circuit/System Description


The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illuminates to inform the driver that an emission system fault has occurred and the powertrain control system requires service. Ignition voltage is supplied directly to the MIL. The engine control module (ECM) turns the MIL ON by grounding the MIL control circuit when the emission system fault occurs. Under normal operating conditions, the MIL should be ON only when the vehicle is ON and the engine is OFF.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image The ignition is ON or the engine is running. image The ignition voltage is greater than 11 V.

image The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


DTC P0650 or DTC P263A

The ECM detects low voltage during the MIL control circuit driver OFF state. This indicates either a shorted to ground or an open MIL control circuit.

DTC P263B

The ECM detects high voltage on the MIL control circuit during the driver ON state. This indicates a shorted to voltage MIL control circuit.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTC P0650, P263A, and P263B are type B DTCs, with no MIL request

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTC P0650, P263A, and P263B are type B DTCs, with no MIL request.

Diagnostic Aids


If the ECM detects low voltage on the MIL control circuit during the control circuit driver OFF state, DTCs P0650 and DTC P263A may set simultaneously.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

image Engine Controls Schematics

image Instrument Cluster Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Engine Running.

2. Verify that the malfunction indicator lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) On and Off with a scan tool.

image If the malfunction indicator lamp does not turn ON and OFF

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the malfunction indicator lamp turns ON and OFF

3. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

4. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the P16 Instrument Cluster, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the control circuit terminal 16 and B+ when commanding the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) On and Off with a scan tool.

image If the test lamp is always ON

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If the test lamp is always OFF

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground.

image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. image If less than 1 V.

3. Vehicle OFF.

4. Test for less than 2 Ω between the control circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If the test lamp turns ON and OFF

3. Replace the P16 Instrument Cluster.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Refer to Instrument Cluster Replacement

image Refer to Control Module References for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup.

DTC P0685-P0690, P1682, P16A7, P16AF, OR P16B3: ENGINE CONTROLS IGNITION RELAY/IGNITION 1 SWITCH CIRCUIT 2

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check prior to using this diagnostic procedure: Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle

image Review the description of Strategy Based Diagnosis: Strategy Based Diagnosis

image An overview of each diagnostic category can be found here: Diagnostic Procedure Instructions


DTC Descriptor


DTC P0685

Engine Controls Ignition Relay Control Circuit

DTC P0686

Engine Controls Ignition Relay Control Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P0687

Engine Controls Ignition Relay Control Circuit High Voltage

DTC P0689

Engine Controls Ignition Relay Feedback Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P0690

Engine Controls Ignition Relay Feedback Circuit High Voltage

DTC P1682

Ignition 1 Switch Circuit 2

DTC P16A7

Engine Controls Ignition Relay Feedback Circuit 2

DTC P16AF

Engine Controls Ignition Relay Feedback Circuit 2 Low Voltage

DTC P16B3

Engine Controls Ignition Relay Feedback Circuit 2 High Voltage

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance


B+ - Relay Coil


P0689, P1682

P0685, P0689, P1682, P16A7, P16AF


-


-


B+ - Relay Switch


P0689, P1682

P0685, P0689, P1682, P16A7, P16AF


-


-

Control - Component

P0689, P1682

P0689, P1682, P16A7, P16AF

P0690, P16B3

-


Control - Relay Coil


P0686, P0690

P0685, P0689, P1682, P16A7, P16AF

P0685, P0687, P0689, P1682*


-

*Internal control module or component damage may occur if the circuit shorts to B+.


Circuit/System Description


Circuit

Description

B+ - Relay Coil

Supplied directly from the battery.

B+ - Relay Switch

Supplied directly from the battery.

Control - Component

The output circuit is switched to 12 V to activate the component.

Control - Relay Coil

The output circuit is switched to ground to activate the component.

Components

Component

Description

Component

Description


KR75 Engine Controls Ignition Relay

The powertrain relay is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM) depending upon input from the ignition switch. Battery positive voltage is supplied to the relay coil and switch. When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, the ECM will provide ground on the control circuit of the powertrain relay using a low side driver. This will allow voltage through the relay switch contacts to the components. The ECM monitors the voltage level on the control circuit of the powertrain relay.


K20 Engine Control Module

The control module controls a series of actuators to ensure optimal engine performance. The control module does this by reading values from a variety of sensors, interprets the data and adjusts the engine actuators accordingly.

4 ignition voltage circuits supply the ECM. The 4 circuits are supplied by 2 relay(s): image KR73 Ignition Main Relay

image KR75 Engine Controls Ignition Relay

The ECM monitors and compares the voltages supplied by the relay(s).

Conditions for Running the DTC


P0685, P0686, P0687

Ignition Voltage = Greater than 11 V

DTCs run continuously when the above condition is met.

P0689, P16AF

image Ignition Voltage = Greater than 11 V

image Engine Controls Ignition Relay Command = On

DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P0690, P16B3

image DTC P0685 = Not set

image Engine Controls Ignition Relay Command = Off - For greater than 2 s

DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P1682, P16A7

image Engine Controls Ignition Relay Command = On image Ignition Voltage = Greater than 5.5 V

DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


P0685, P0686, P0687

The commanded state of the driver and the actual state of the control circuit do not match for greater than 2 s.

P0689

Engine Controls Ignition Relay Feedback Circuit = Less than 5 V - For greater than 5 s

P0690

Engine Controls Ignition Relay Feedback Circuit = Greater than 4 V - For greater than 5 s

P1682, P16A7

The following parameters are not within 3 V of each other: image Ignition 1 Signal

image Engine Controls Ignition Relay Feedback Signal

image Engine Controls Ignition Relay Feedback 2 Signal

P16AF

Engine Controls Ignition Relay Feedback 2 Signal = Less than 5 V - For greater than 5 s

P16B3

Engine Controls Ignition Relay Feedback 2 Signal = Greater than 4 V - For greater than 5 s

Actions Taken When the DTC Sets


image DTCs P0685, P0686, P0687, P0689, P0690, P16AF, P16B3 are Type C DTCs. image DTCs P1682, P16A7 are Type A DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


image DTCs P0685, P0686, P0687, P0689, P0690, P16AF, P16B3 are Type C DTCs. image DTCs P1682, P16A7 are Type A DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids


If the condition is intermittent, wiggle the related wiring harnesses and connectors, with the ignition/vehicle on or engine running, while monitoring the scan tool circuit status parameters for the component. The parameters will display if there is a condition with the circuit or a connection.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

image Engine Controls Schematics

image Power Distribution Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Electrical Center Identification Views

image Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness) Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center) image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections

image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References

Circuit/System Verification

1. Ignition - On/Vehicle - In Service Mode

2. Verify no other DTCs are set.

image If other DTCs are set

Refer to: Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle

image If no other DTCs are set

3. Ignition/Vehicle - Cycle On and Off

Verify the component produces a clicking sound: KR75 Engine Controls Ignition Relay

image If the component does not produce a sound

Refer to: Circuit/System Testing

image If the component produces a sound

4. Verify the following parameters are within 3 V of each other: image Ignition 1 Signal

image Engine Controls Ignition Relay Feedback Signal

image If not within 3 V of each other

Refer to: Circuit/System Testing

image If within 3 V of each other

5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to: Circuit/System Testing

image If the DTC does not set

6. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


1. Vehicle Off.

2. Remove the component: KR75 Engine Controls Ignition Relay

3. Verify a test lamp turns On between the test points: image B+ circuit terminal 30 & Ground

image B+ circuit terminal 85 & Ground

image If the test lamp does not turn On

Replace the component: X50A Fuse Block - Underhood

image If the test lamp turns On

4. Ignition - On/Vehicle - In Service Mode

5. Connect a test lamp between the test points: Control circuit terminal 86 & B+ circuit

6. Perform the scan tool control function: KR75 Engine Controls Ignition Relay - On and Off Verify the test lamp turns On and Off.

image If the test lamp is always Off

1. Ignition/Vehicle - Off & Remove - Test lamp

2. Disconnect the electrical connector: X1 @ K20 Engine Control Module

3. Ignition - On/Vehicle - In Service Mode

4. Test for less than 1 V between the test points: Control circuit terminal 86 @ Relay Socket & Terminal 67 @ Control module harness

image If 1 V or greater - Repair the short to voltage on the circuit. image If less than 1 V

5. Ignition/Vehicle - Off

6. Test for less than 2 ohms between the test points: Control circuit terminal 86 @ Relay Socket & Terminal 67 @ Control module harness

image If 2 ohms or greater - Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 ohms - Replace the component: K20 Engine Control Module

image If the test lamp is always On

1. Ignition/Vehicle - Off & Remove - Test lamp

2. Disconnect the electrical connector: X1 @ K20 Engine Control Module

3. Test for infinite resistance between the test points: Control circuit terminal 86 @ Relay Socket & Ground

image If less than infinite resistance - Repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance - Replace the component: K20 Engine Control Module

image If the test lamp turns On and Off

7. Verify the fuse is not open: image F4UA Fuse

image F17UA Fuse

image If the fuse is open

1. Vehicle Off.

2. Disconnect the electrical connector: X1 @ K20 Engine Control Module

3. Test for infinite resistance between the test points: Output terminal @ Fuse & Ground image If less than infinite resistance - Repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance - Replace the component: K20 Engine Control Module

image If the fuse is not open

8. Ignition - On/Vehicle - In Service Mode

9. Verify a test lamp does not turn On between the test points: KR75 Engine Controls Ignition Relay Terminal 87 & Ground

image If the test lamp turns On

10. Disconnect the electrical connector: X1 @ K20 Engine Control Module

11. Test for less than 1 V between the test points:

image Control circuit terminal 73 @ Control module harness & Ground image Control circuit terminal 16 @ Control module harness & Ground image If 1 V or greater - Repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If the test lamp does not turn On

12. Vehicle Off.

13. Connect a 30 A fused jumper wire between the test points: Control circuit terminal 87 & B+ circuit terminal 30

14. Ignition - On/Vehicle - In Service Mode

15. Verify the scan tool parameter: Engine Controls Ignition Relay Feedback Signal = Within 1 V of the battery voltage

image If not within 1 V of the battery voltage

1. Ignition/Vehicle - Off & Remove - Jumper wire(s)

2. Disconnect the electrical connector: X1 @ K20 Engine Control Module

3. Test for less than 2 ohms between the test points:

image Control circuit terminal 87 @ Relay Socket & Control circuit terminal 73 @ Control module harness

image Control circuit terminal 87 @ Relay Socket & Control circuit terminal 16 @ Control module

harness

image If 2 ohms or greater - Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 ohms - Replace the component: K20 Engine Control Module

image If within 1 V of the battery voltage

16. Test or replace the component: KR75 Engine Controls Ignition Relay


Component Testing


Relay Test

1. Vehicle Off.

2. Remove the component: KR75 Engine Controls Ignition Relay

3. Test for 70 to 110 ohms between the test points: Component terminal 85 & 86

image If not between 70 and 110 ohms

Replace the component: KR75 Engine Controls Ignition Relay

image If between 70 and 110 ohms

4. Test for infinite resistance between the test points: image Component terminal 30 & 85

image Component terminal 30 & 86

image Component terminal 30 & 87

image Component terminal 85 & 87

image If less than infinite resistance

Replace the component: KR75 Engine Controls Ignition Relay

image If infinite resistance

5. Connect a 3 A fused jumper wire between the test points: Component terminal 86 & B+ Connect a jumper wire between the test points: Component terminal 85 & Ground

6. Test for less than 2 ohms between the test points: Component terminal 30 & 87

image If 2 ohms or greater

Replace the component: KR75 Engine Controls Ignition Relay

image If less than 2 ohms

7. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair: Diagnostic Repair Verification

image Refer to Fuse Block Replacement

image Refer to Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness) Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical

Center)

image For control module replacement, programming, and setup refer to: Control Module References

DTC P06E4: CONTROL MODULE WAKE-UP CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE (ECM)

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptor


DTC P06E4

Control Module Wake-Up Circuit Performance

Circuit/System Description


This DTC can set in either the engine control module (ECM) or the Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2. These modules share the same circuit for this DTC however the criteria and reasons for setting are different. Whenever the propulsion system goes active, the diagnostic reads its internal timer and evaluates the results from the wake-up events that could have occurred.

For each wake-up event the status can be:

image Pass - the wake-up event occurred within a window 14 V Power Module

image Indeterminate - the ECM was already awake at the time the wake-up event could have occurred image Fail - the wake-up event occurred outside a window or did not occur at all

If any of the wake-up events indicate a failure then the DTC fails.


Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTC's P0502, P0503, P0722, P0723, P262B, U182D, U0073, U0074 or P2537 is not set.

image Drive distance of greater than 0.1 mi.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


Whenever the propulsion system goes active, the ECM diagnostic reads its internal timer and evaluates the results from the wake-up events that could have occurred. The DTC fails if any of the wake-up events did not occur within a specified window:

image The 5.0 h wake-up event did not occur from 4.3 to 5.8 h. image The 7.0 h wake-up event did not occur from 6.0 to 8.1 h. image The 9.5 h wake-up event did not occur from 8.2 to 11.0 h.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTC P06E4 is a type B DTC.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC DTC P06E4 is a type B DTC. Reference Information

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify DTC P06E4, P24EF, P24F0, or P24F1 is set in the K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

image If none of the DTCs are set

Replace the K20 Engine Control Module and perform repair verification.


Repair Verification

1. Drive the vehicle for greater than 0.1 mi.

2. Park the vehicle and let it set for a minimum of 6 h. This allows the ECM to request a K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 wake-up to occur.

3. Vehicle in Service Mode.

4. Verify DTC P06E4 did not set.

image If DTC is set

Replace the K20 Engine Control Module and repeat steps 1 - 4.

image If no DTC's are set

5. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

Refer to Control Module References for control module replacement, programming and setup.

DTC P1101: INTAKE AIR FLOW SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check prior to using this diagnostic procedure: Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle

image Review the description of Strategy Based Diagnosis: Strategy Based Diagnosis

image An overview of each diagnostic category can be found here: Diagnostic Procedure Instructions


DTC Descriptor


DTC P1101

Intake Air Flow System Performance

Circuit/System Description


This system consists of the following components:


Component

Description


B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor

The assembly has several functions:

image The mass air flow sensor is a hot film type sensor that measures the mass of air (not the volume) entering the engine. The signal varies with engine load and is displayed by the scan tool in Hertz (Hz) and grams per second (g/s).

image The intake air humidity sensor uses the same signal circuit as the intake air temperature sensor 2. The intake air humidity sensor modulates the pulse width of the signal. The intake air temperature sensor 2 modulates the frequency of the signal. That means the signal is both, PWM and FM modulated.

image The barometric pressure sensor generates an analog voltage that is proportional to the ambient air pressure.

image The intake air temperature sensor 1 varies its resistance depending on the temperature.

image Low temperature produces a high resistance:

126.8 kohms @ -60°C (-76°F)

image High temperature produces a low resistance: 62 ohms @ 150°C (302°F)


B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor

The sensor is a 3-wire capacitive pressure transducer. Electronics in the sensor convert pressure into an analog voltage signal.


K20 Engine Control Module

The control module controls a series of actuators to ensure optimal engine performance. The control module does this by reading values from a variety of sensors, interprets the data and adjusts the engine actuators accordingly.


Q38 Throttle Body

The throttle body contains a contactless inductive position sensor. A fixed transmitter coil excites a movable rotor, which in turn induces a current in a fixed receiver coil. The current varies with the angle of the rotor. Electronics inside the sensor convert the current into digital data which is transmitted via a

Component

Description


serial data circuit to the ECM.

The ECM compares the measured mass air flow with the calculated air flow based on throttle position and the calculated air flow based on manifold absolute pressure.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTC P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0128, P0335, P0336 = Not set

image Engine Speed = 0 to 5,400 RPM

image Engine Coolant Temperature = -7 to +129°C (+19 to +264°F) image Intake Air Temperature Sensor = -20 to +125°C (-4 to +257°F)

DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


The difference between the air flow measured by the mass air flow sensor and a calculated value based on the throttle position exceeds the allowed range.

Actions Taken When the DTC Sets DTC P1101 is a Type B DTC. Conditions for Clearing the DTC DTC P1101 is a Type B DTC. Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References

Circuit/System Verification

1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3 is not set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to: DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, or P06D2

image If none of the DTCs are set

3. Verify the scan tool parameter: Throttle Body Idle Air Flow Compensation = Less than 90%

image If 90% or greater

Refer to: Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning

image If less than 90%

4. Perform a component sweep test: Throttle Sweep

Verify the scan tool parameter: Throttle Position Sensors 1 and 2 = Agree

image If not the specified state

Refer to: DTC P0121-P0123, P0222, P0223, P16A0-P16A2, or P2135

image If the specified state

5. Determine the current vehicle testing altitude.

6. Verify the scan tool parameter: MAP Sensor = Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure image If not in the specified range

Refer to: DTC P0106

image If in the specified range

7. Verify the following conditions do not exist: image Vacuum leak at the component:

image Intake Manifold

image B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor image Q38 Throttle Body

image An object is blocking the component: image Q38 Throttle Body

image Restrictions in the intake system.

image Loose clamps, cracks, or other damages to the intake system.

image Water intrusion at the mass air flow sensor.

image Contamination of the measuring element of the mass air flow sensor.

image Missing, restricted or leaking exhaust components. - Refer to: Symptoms - Engine Exhaust

image An engine mechanical condition. - Refer to: Symptoms - Engine Mechanical image If a condition is found

Repair or replace component as appropriate.

image If no condition is found

8. Engine idling.

9. Verify the scan tool parameter: MAP Sensor = 26 and 52 kPa (3.8 and 7.5 PSI) and changes - The value should change with accelerator pedal input.

image If not between 26 and 52 kPa (3.8 and 7.5 PSI) or does not change

Refer to: DTC P0106

image If between 26 and 52 kPa (3.8 and 7.5 PSI) and changes

10. Engine = At normal operating temperature.

11. Engine Speed = 1,375 to 1,425 RPM

12. Verify the scan tool parameter: MAF Sensor = 1,800 and 2,400 Hz

image If not between 1,800 and 2,400 Hz

Refer to: DTC P0101

image If between 1,800 and 2,400 Hz

13. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

14. Verify that no DTCs are set.

image If any DTC is set

Refer to: Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle

image If no DTC is set

15. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair: Diagnostic Repair Verification

For control module replacement, programming, and setup refer to: Control Module References DTC P111E: ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR NOT PLAUSIBLE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.

DTC Descriptor


DTC P111E

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Not Plausible

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

High Resistance


Open

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

Signal

P0117

P0118

P0118

P0118

P0128, P111E

Low Reference

-

P0118

P0118

-

P0128

Typical Scan Tool Data


ECT Sensor Temperature

Circuit

Short to Ground

Open

Short to Voltage

Operating Conditions: Engine Running

Parameter Normal Range: -39 to +120°C (-38 to +248°F)

ECT Sensor

150°C (302°F)

-40°C (-40°F)

-40°C (-40°F)

Low Reference

-

-40°C (-40°F)

-40°C (-40°F)

Circuit/System Description


The engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor is a variable resistor that measures the temperature of the engine coolant. The engine control module (ECM) supplies 5V to the ECT sensor signal circuit and a ground for the low reference circuit.

The purpose of this diagnostic is to determine if the input from the ECT sensor is skewed warmer than normal. The internal clock of the ECM will record the amount of time the engine is OFF. If the required engine OFF time is met at start-up, the ECM will compare the temperature difference between the actual measured ECT and a calibrated ECT model. The information for this model is derived from the previous drive cycle and includes the accumulated mass air flow (MAF), the engine run time, the ambient air temperature and the ECT at the end of the drive cycle.

If the ECM detects that the temperature difference between the measured and modeled ECT is not within an acceptable operating range of each other, then the ECM will continue to run this diagnostic to determine if a block heater was active during the engine OFF time.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTCs P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0117, P0118, P0128, P0502, P0503, P0601, P1621, or P2610 are

not set.

image The vehicle has had a minimum ignition OFF time of 8 hours. image The engine is running.

image The start-up modeled ECT is colder than 50°C (+122°F). image The previous accumulated MAF is greater than 6,000 grams. image The previous engine run time is greater than 600 seconds.

OR

image The vehicle has had a minimum ignition OFF time of 8 hours. image The engine is running.

image The previous ECT at engine shutdown is warmer than 75°C (+167°F). image The previous accumulated MAF is greater than 6,000 grams.

image The previous engine run time is greater than 600 seconds.

image This DTC runs once per ignition cycle within the enabling conditions.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


P111E

The ECM detects a temperature difference at initial power-up that indicates that the actual measured ECT is 10°C (18°F) greater than the modeled ECT, and an active block heater has not been detected.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets DTC P111E is a Type B DTC. Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC DTC P111E is a Type B DTC. Diagnostic Aids

image Engine coolant that is leaking through the sensor will create a high resistance short to ground. This condition results in less voltage on the ECT sensor signal circuit, which is interpreted by the ECM as a warmer ECT.

image The ECM memory which includes the ignition OFF timer is maintained by battery power. If the ECM or the battery are disconnected for less than 15 seconds the proper operation of the ECM memory and the timer can be disrupted. Always disconnect these components for greater than 30 seconds.

image A failed start due to low battery voltage may cause P111E to set when ambient temperature is below

-7°C (19°F) and a block heater has been use. If this occurs clear the DTC and operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC, if P111E sets refer to Circuit/System Verification.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Verify the cooling system is filled to the correct coolant level. Refer to Cooling System Leak Testing , and Cooling System Draining and Filling

image If the coolant level is not filled to the correct level

Repair as necessary.

image If the coolant level is correct

2. Verify that DTC P00B3, P00B4, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0117, P0118, P0128, P0601, P112F,

P1621, or P2610 is not set.

image If DTC P00B3, P00B4, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0117, P0118, P0128, P0601, P112F,

P1621, or P2610 is set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle

image If DTC P00B3, P00B4, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0117, P0118, P0128, P0601, P112F,

P1621, or P2610 is not set

3. Vehicle OFF for a minimum of 8 hours.

4. Vehicle in Service Mode

5. Verify with a scan tool that IAT Sensor 1, Radiator Coolant Temperature Sensor, Ambient Temperature Sensor and the ECT Sensor are within 15°C (59°F) of each other.

image If the Radiator Coolant Temperature Sensor parameter is not within 15°C (59°F) of the ECT Sensor and IAT Sensor 1 or ambient temperature.

Perform the diagnostic for DTC P00B3 or P00B4, Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle

image If the IAT Sensor 1 parameter is not within 15°C (59°F) of the ECT Sensor and Radiator Coolant Temperature Sensor or ambient temperature.

Perform the diagnostic for DTC P0112, P0113, or P0114, Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle

image If the ECT Sensor parameter is not within 15°C (59°F) of the IAT Sensor 1 and Radiator Coolant Temperature Sensor or ambient temperature.

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If all the parameters are within 15°C (59°F) of each other and ambient temperature.

6. Vehicle OFF.

7. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

8. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

9. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


1. Vehicle OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the B34 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor harness connector at the sensor. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.

2. Test for less than 5 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground.

image If 5 Ω or greater

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If less than 5 Ω

3. Vehicle in Service Mode.

4. Verify the scan tool ECT Sensor parameter is colder than -39°C (-38°F).

image If warmer than -39°C (-38°F)

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground. image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance.

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module

image If colder than -39°C (-38°F)

5. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 1 and the low reference circuit terminal 2.

6. Verify the scan tool ECT sensor parameter is warmer than 149°C (300°F).

image If warmer than 149°C (300°F)

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the jumper wire, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground.

image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. image If less than 1 V

7. Test or replace the B34 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor.


Component Testing

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B34 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor.

2. Test the ECT sensor by varying the sensor temperature while measuring the sensor resistance. Compare the readings with the Temperature Versus Resistance (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor) table. The resistance values should be in range of the table values.

image If not within the specified range

Replace the B34 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor.

image If within the specified range

3. Test for infinite resistance between each terminal and the sensor housing.

image If less than infinite resistance

Replace the B34 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor.

image If infinite resistance

4. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Refer to Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement - Water Outlet

image Refer to Control Module References for K20 engine control module (ECM) replacement, programming, and setup.

DTC P1255: FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE DRIVER HIGH TEMPERATURE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P1255

Fuel Pump Control Module Driver High Temperature

Circuit/System Description


The engine control module (ECM) supplies voltage to the fuel pump driver control module when the ECM detects that the ignition is on. The voltage from the ECM to the fuel pump driver control module remains active

for 2 s, unless the engine is in crank or run. While this voltage is being received, the fuel pump driver control module supplies a varying voltage to the fuel tank fuel pump module in order to maintain the desired fuel pressure.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image The ignition voltage is between 9 - 32 V. image The engine is cranking or running.

image The fuel pump enable circuit is commanded ON.

image The DTC runs continuously when the conditions above are met.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


The fuel pump driver control module detects a driver temperature greater than or equal to 320°F (160°C) for less than 0.2 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets DTC P1255 is a Type B DTC. Conditions for Clearing the DTC DTC P1255 is a Type B DTC. Diagnostic Aids

Using the Failure Records data may help locate an intermittent condition. If you cannot duplicate the DTC, the information in the Failure Records can help determine how many miles since the DTC set. The Fail Counter and Pass Counter can help determine how many ignition cycles that the diagnostic test reported a pass and/or a fail.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Fuel System Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify DTC P0231, P0232, or P023F is not set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

image If none of the DTCs are set

3. Verify that the area where the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module is located is free of debris, clutter, or any insulating material that would cause the fuel pump driver control module to overheat.

image If any debris, clutter, or other material is found

1. Clear the area where the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module is located.

2. Clear the DTC and test drive the vehicle.

3. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets, replace the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module. image If the DTC is not set

4. All OK.

image If no debris, clutter, or other material is found

4. Clear the DTC and test drive the vehicle.

5. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Replace the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module.

image If the DTC does not set.

6. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair. Refer to Fuel Pump Power Control Module Replacement

DTC P127C, P128A-P128D, P128F, P16E4, OR P16E5: FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR 2-1/FUEL RAIL PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE SENSOR/SENSOR COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 3 VOLTAGE

Diagnostic Instructions

image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P127C

Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P128A

Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor 1 Internal Performance

DTC P128B

Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor 2 Internal Performance

DTC P128C

Fuel Rail Pressure-Temperature Sensor Temperature 1 Message Incorrect

DTC P128D

Fuel Rail Pressure-Temperature Sensor Temperature 2 Message Incorrect

DTC P128F

Fuel Rail Pressure-Temperature Sensor Pressure Message Incorrect

DTC P16E4

Sensor Communication Circuit 3 Low Voltage

DTC P16E5

Sensor Communication Circuit 3 High Voltage

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

5 V Reference

P0452, P06D2, P16E5

P16E4

P06D2, P128A, P128B

P0191

Signal

P16E4

P128C, P128D, P16E5

P16E5

P0191

Low Reference

-

P128C, P128D, P16E5

-

P0191

Typical Scan Tool Data

Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor

Circuit

Short to Ground

Open

Short to Voltage

Operating Conditions: The engine is operating with the throttle closed. All accessories OFF.

Parameter Normal Range: 2.9-3.2 MPa

5 V Reference

655.4 MPa

655.4 MPa

655.4 MPa

Signal

655.4 MPa

655.4 MPa

655.4 MPa

Low Reference

-

655.4 MPa

-

Circuit/System Description


The fuel pressure/temperature sensor transmits fuel pressure and temperature information by serial data using the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) J2716 Single Edge Nibble Transmission (SENT) protocol. The fuel pressure/temperature sensor internal microprocessor allows 4 separate sensor outputs from one 3 wire sensor.

The engine control module (ECM) supplies the fuel pressure/temperature sensor with a 5 V reference circuit, a low reference circuit, and an asynchronous signal/serial data circuit. The asynchronous signal means communication is only going from the fuel pressure/temperature sensor to the ECM. The ECM decodes the serial data signal into separate voltages.

Conditions for Running the DTC


P127C, P16E4 or P16E5

image Ignition is ON.

image No DTC clear code.

image The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P128A or P128B

image DTC P128F, P16E4 or P16E5 is not set. image Ignition is ON.

image The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P128C, P128D, or P128F

image DTC P16E4 or P16E5 is not set. image Ignition is ON.

image The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


P127C

The engine control module detects the fuel pressure sensor 2 SENT digital read value is less than or equal to 76 for greater than 30 s with the engine running or greater than 10 s with the engine cranking.

P128A

The engine control module detects the fuel pressure sensor 1 SENT digital read value is greater than or equal to 4,089 for greater than 3 s.

P128B

The engine control module detects the fuel pressure sensor 2 SENT digital read value is greater than or equal to 4,089 for greater than 3 s.

P128C

The engine control module detects communication errors on the fuel pressure sensor temperature 1 SENT signal circuit for greater than 1 s.

P128D

The engine control module detects communication errors on the fuel pressure sensor temperature 2 SENT signal circuit for greater than 1 s.

P128F

The engine control module detects fuel pressure sensor SENT signal discrepancies for greater than 3 s.

P16E4

The engine control module detects the fuel pressure sensor SENT signal shorted low for greater than 3 s.

P16E5

The engine control module detects the fuel pressure sensor SENT signal shorted high for greater than 3 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


image DTCs P127C, P128A, P128B, P128F, P16E4, and P16E5 are Type A DTCs.

image DTCs P128C and P128D are Type B DTCs.

image A message center or an indicator displays Propulsion Power is Reduced and Service Stabilitrak.


Conditions for Clearing the DTC


image DTCs P127C, P128A, P128B, P128F, P16E4, and P16E5 are Type A DTCs.

image DTCs P128C and P128D are Type B DTCs.


Diagnostic Aids


image A high resistance condition on the fuel pressure/temperature sensor circuits could cause a DTC to set. image Inspect for a contaminated fuel system.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Powertrain Component View

Powertrain Component Views

Description and Operation

Fuel System Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Ignition ON/Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify that DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, or P06A3 is not set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle for further diagnosis.

image If none of the DTCs are set

3. Verify that DTC P0182, P0183, P0187, P0188, P111F, P126E, P126F, P127C, P128A, P128B, P128C,

P128D, P128F, P16E4, or P16E5 are not set.

image If DTC P128A, P128B, P128C, P128D, or P128F are the only DTCs set

Replace the B310 Fuel Pressure/Temperature Sensor.

image If DTC P0183, P0184, P0187, P0188, P111F, P126E, P126F, P127C, P16E4, or P16E5 is set

with any of the DTCs

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If none of the DTCs are set

4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

5. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

6. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: Disconnecting the fuel pressure/temperature sensor harness connector causes additional DTCs to set.


1. Ignition/Vehicle OFF, and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at B310 Fuel Pressure/Temperature Sensor. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.

2. Test for less than 5 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 1 and ground.

image If 5 Ω or greater

1. Ignition/Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If less than 5 Ω

3. Ignition/Vehicle ON.

4. Test for 4.8 - 5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 2 and ground.

image If less than 4.8 V

1. Ignition/Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the 5 V reference circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the 5 V reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If greater than 5.2 V

1. Ignition/Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, ignition/vehicle ON.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the 5 V reference circuit and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If between 4.8 - 5.2 V

5. Test for 4.8 - 5.2 V between the signal circuit terminal 3 and ground.

image If less than 4.8 V

1. Ignition/Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If greater than 5.2 V

1. Ignition/Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, ignition/vehicle ON.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground.

image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If between 4.8 - 5.2 V

6. Replace the B310 Fuel Pressure/Temperature Sensor.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Refer to Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Fuel Pressure Sensor Replacement for B310 Fuel Pressure/Temperature Sensor

image Refer to Control Module References for K20 Engine Control Module replacement, programming, and setup

DTC P129E OR P12A8: FUEL PUMP DRIVER CONTROL MODULE SIGNAL MESSAGE COUNTER INCORRECT/FUEL PUMP CONTROL SIGNAL MESSAGE COUNTER INCORRECT

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for a overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P129E

Fuel Pump Driver Control Module Signal Message Counter Incorrect

DTC P12A8

Fuel Pump Control Signal Message Counter Incorrect

Circuit/System Description


The fuel pump power control module is in constant communication with the engine control module (ECM) regarding the operating state of the fuel pump power control system. Serial data messages are sent in a continuously repeating series of rolling counts with associated password protect samples. Each count/sample is assigned a value. When the ECM determines that too many of the counts/samples contain an error value, the ECM sets DTC P129E or P12A8.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image The ignition voltage is greater than 7 V.

image The DTC runs continuously when the above condition is met.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


The ECM detects an error value for over 1 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTC P129E and P12A8 are Type A DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTC P129E and P12A8 are Type A DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids


An intermittent fault in the CAN circuits will cause the ECM to set DTC P129E or P12A8.

Reference Information


DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


NOTE: image DTC P129E and P12A8 are informational DTCs.

image Diagnose all other engine control module DTCs prior to DTC P129E or P12A8.


1. Verify that no other DTCs are set except for DTC P129E or P12A8.

image If any other DTCs are set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

image If only DTC P129E or P12A8 is set

2. Replace the K111 Fuel Pump Power Control Module.

3. Verify the DTC does not set while operating the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC.

image If DTC sets

Replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If DTC does not set

4. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Refer to Control Module References for K111 Fuel Pump Power Control Module and K20 Engine Control Module replacement, programming, and setup

DTC P129B OR P129C: FUEL PUMP DRIVER CONTROL MODULE SYSTEM VOLTAGE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P129B

Fuel Pump Driver Control Module System Voltage Low Voltage

DTC P129C

Fuel Pump Driver Control Module System Voltage High Voltage

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit


Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance


Short to Voltage


B+

P018B, P0506, P129B, P2635, U18A2

P018B, P0506, P129B, P2635, U18A2


P129C

Circuit/System Description


The fuel pump driver control module monitors the battery positive voltage circuit to verify the voltage is between the normal operating range. The DTC can set for a circuit or system voltage out of range.

Conditions for Running the DTC


P129B

image The engine is running.

image The ignition voltage is between 9 - 32 V.

image The fuel pump enable circuit is commanded ON.

image The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P129C

image The engine is not running.

image The ignition voltage is between 9 - 32 V.

image The fuel pump enable circuit is commanded ON.

image The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


P129B

The fuel pump driver control module detects the battery positive voltage is less than 7 V for 1 s.

P129C

The fuel pump driver control module detects the battery positive voltage is greater than 18 V for 1 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTC P129B and P129C are Type C DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTC P129B and P129C are Type C DTCs.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Fuel System Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Electrical Center Identification Views

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Vehicle OFF.

2. Test for 12.4 - 12.8 V at the battery terminals and record the reading. The battery voltage should stabilize after a few minutes of turning the Vehicle OFF.

image If not between 12.4 V - 12.8 V

Refer to Battery Inspection/Test .

image If between 12.4 V - 12.8 V

3. Engine Running, accessories OFF.

4. Test for 13.4 - 15 V at the battery terminals and record the reading.

image If not between 13.4 - 15 V

Refer to Charging System Test .

image If between 13.4 - 15 V

5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

6. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

7. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing

1. Vehicle OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.

2. Test for less than 5 Ω between the ground circuit terminal 9 and ground.

image If 5 Ω or greater

1. Vehicle OFF.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ground circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection.

image If less than 5 Ω

3. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the B+ circuit terminal 1 and ground.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the B+ circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the B+ circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance, replace the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module.

image If the test lamp illuminates

4. Replace the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

Refer to Control Module References for Fuel Pump Power Control Module replacement, programming, and setup

DTC P129D: FUEL PUMP DRIVER CONTROL MODULE IGNITION ON/START SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptor


DTC P129D

Fuel Pump Driver Control Module Ignition On/Start Switch Circuit Low Voltage

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

Ignition

P129D

P129D

-

-

Circuit/System Description


The fuel pump driver control module monitors the ignition voltage circuit in order to determine if the voltage is within the normal operating range.

Conditions for Running the DTC


The DTC runs continuously when the modules are awake.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


The fuel pump driver control module Power Mode does not agree with the engine control module (ECM) Power Mode for 1 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets DTC P129D is a Type B DTC. Conditions for Clearing the DTC DTC P129D is a Type B DTC. Reference Information Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Fuel System Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify DTC P0562 is not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to DTC B1325, B1330, B1517, C0800, C0899, C0900, C12E1, C12E2, P0561-P0563, P1A0C, P1A0D, or P1EFC .

image If the DTC does not set

3. Verify DTC P129D is not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

5. Verify DTC P129D is not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

6. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: Circuit/System Verification must be performed first or misdiagnosis may result.


1. Vehicle OFF, all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.

2. Vehicle in Service Mode.

3. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the ignition circuit terminal 6 and ground.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ignition circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, and disconnect all components on the circuit.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the ignition circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance

3. Replace the fuse, Vehicle in Service Mode.

4. Verify the fuse is good after connecting each of the components one at a time.

image If the fuse opens, replace the component that opens the fuse when connected. image If the fuse is good, all OK.

image If the test lamp illuminates

4. Replace the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

Refer to Control Module References for Fuel Pump Power Control Module replacement, programming, and setup

DTC P12A6: FUEL PUMP DRIVER CONTROL MODULE ENABLE CIRCUIT PERFORMANCE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptor


DTC P12A6

Fuel Pump Driver Control Module Enable Circuit Performance

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

Fuel Pump Enable

P0171, P0506, P0628, P12A6

P0171, P0506, P12A6

-

P12A6

Circuit/System Description


The engine control module (ECM) provides ignition voltage to the fuel pump driver control module whenever the engine is cranking or running. The control module enables the fuel pump driver control module as long as the engine is cranking or running, and ignition system reference pulses are received. While this enable voltage is being received, the fuel pump driver control module supplies a varying voltage to the in-tank fuel pump module in order to maintain the desired fuel line pressure.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image The ignition voltage is greater than or equal to 9 V.

image The DTC runs continuously when the above condition is met.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


The ECM state of the fuel pump enable circuit does not match the state of the fuel pump enable circuit sensed by the fuel pump driver control module for 1 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets DTC P12A6 is a Type A DTC. Conditions for Clearing the DTC DTC P12A6 is a Type A DTC. Reference Information Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Fuel System Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify DTC P12A6 is not set.

image If the DTC is set

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC is not set

3. Verify the parameters listed below do not display Malfunction when commanding the Fuel Pump Enable On and Off with a scan tool.

image Fuel Pump Enable Circuit Low Voltage Test Status image Fuel Pump Enable Circuit Open Test Status

image Fuel Pump Enable Circuit High Voltage Test Status

image If Malfunction is displayed

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

5. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

6. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


1. Vehicle OFF, all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.

2. Vehicle in Service Mode for greater than 10 s.

3. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the control circuit terminal 2 and ground.

image If the test lamp illuminates

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground.

image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate

4. Remove the test lamp.

5. Verify the scan tool Fuel Pump Enable Circuit Low Voltage Test Status parameter is OK when commanding the Fuel Pump Enable On with a scan tool.

image If OK is not displayed

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If OK is displayed

6. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the control circuit terminal 2 and ground.

7. Verify the scan tool Fuel Pump Enable Circuit Low Voltage Test Status parameter is Malfunction when commanding the Fuel Pump Enable On with a scan tool.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the jumper wire, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the control circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If Malfunction is displayed

8. Replace the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

Refer to Control Module References for ECM and Fuel Pump Power Control Module replacement, setup, and

programming

DTC P135A: IGNITION COIL SUPPLY VOLTAGE CIRCUIT BANK 1

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptor


DTC P135A

Ignition Coil Supply Voltage Circuit Bank 1

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance


P0201, P0202,

P0201, P0202,




P0203, P0204,

P0203, P0204,



Ignition Voltage

P0300, P0351,

P0300, P0351,

-

-


P0352, P0353,

P0352, P0353,




P0354, P135A

P0354, P135A



Circuit/System Description


The ignition system uses an individual ignition coil for each cylinder. The engine control module (ECM) monitors the ignition voltage from the fuse to the individual coils.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image Delay starting at ignition On for 5 engine revolutions. image Ignition Run/Crank relay voltage is greater than 5 V

image PT relay voltage is greater than 11 V

The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


The ECM detects less than 2.5 V on the ignition coil supply voltage circuit.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets DTC P135A is a Type B DTC. Conditions for Clearing the DTC DTC P135A is a Type B DTC. Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Electronic Ignition System Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify the scan tool Ignition Coil Supply Voltage parameter displays ON.

image If ON is not displayed

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If ON is displayed

3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

4. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

5. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the X1 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Connect a 3 A fused jumper wire between the control circuit terminal 67 and ground, vehicle in Service Mode.

3. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the ignition circuit terminal 51 and ground.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ignition circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open


NOTE: The ignition circuit may supply voltage to other components. Make sure to test all circuits and components for a short to ground that share the ignition circuit.


1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, and disconnect all components on the circuit.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the ignition circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance

3. Replace the fuse, vehicle in Service Mode.

4. Verify the fuse is good after connecting each of the components one at a time.

image If the fuse opens, replace the component that opens the fuse when connected. image If the fuse is good, all OK.

image If the test lamp illuminates

4. Replace the K20 Engine Control Module.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Refer to Ignition Coil Replacement

image Refer to Control Module References for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup

DTC P1400: COLD START EMISSION REDUCTION CONTROL SYSTEM

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptor


DTC P1400

Cold Start Emission Reduction Control System

Circuit/System Description


The catalyst must be warmed to efficiently reduce the emissions. The cold start strategy is to reduce the amount

of time it takes to warm the catalyst. During a cold start, the engine spark timing is altered to allow the catalyst to warm quickly. This diagnostic monitors the following to build an exhaust energy model:

image Spark advance image Engine airflow

image Engine coolant temperature image Engine run time

The actual model is then compared to the expected exhaust energy model.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0222, P0223, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0335, P0336, P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354, P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, P2122, P2123, P2127,

P2128, P2135, and P2138 are not set.

image The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is between -12 to +56°C (10 - 132°F). image The calculated 3-way catalyst temperature is colder than 500°C (932°F).

image The barometric (BARO) pressure is greater than 75 kPa.

image The engine control module (ECM) will exit the diagnostic if the calculated 3-way catalyst temperature is greater than 1,000°C (1832°F) when the engine run time is greater than 17 s.

image Vehicle speed is less than 1.6 km/h (1 mph). image The accelerator pedal is not depressed.

image The ECM will exit the diagnostic if the engine run time is greater than a calibrated value.

image This DTC runs within the first 15 s of start-up. This diagnostic runs once per trip when a cold start has been determined.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


The actual exhaust energy model does not match the expected exhaust energy model.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets DTC P1400 is a Type A DTC. Conditions for Clearing the DTC DTC P1400 is a Type A DTC. Reference Information Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle OFF, allow the engine to cool to be within the temperatures listed in the Conditions for Running the DTC.

2. Engine running.

3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not set. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

4. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Verify that none of the conditions listed below exists with the air intake system:

image Damage, restriction, or modification

image Dirty or deteriorating air filter element

image Crankcase ventilation system for correct operation image Water intrusion

image Vacuum leak and other unmetered air downstream of the mass air flow (MAF) sensor image Intake manifold leak

image If any of the above conditions exist

Repair as necessary.

image If none of the conditions exist

5. Verify that none of the conditions listed below exists with the exhaust system: image Exhaust leak

image Damaged, restricted, or modified exhaust system - Refer to Symptoms - Engine Exhaust .

image If any of the conditions exist

Repair as necessary.

image If none of the conditions exist

If all of the above conditions test normal, inspect for an engine mechanical condition that could alter the air flow into the combustion chamber. Refer to Symptoms - Engine Mechanical .

image If the DTC does not set

6. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

DTC P145C OR P145D: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP STUCK OFF/ON

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P145C

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Detection Pump Stuck Off

DTC P145D

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Detection Pump Stuck On

Circuit/System Description


The evaporative emission (EVAP) system uses a EVAP leak detection pump to test for system leaks. The EVAP leak detection pump assembly consists of the following components:

image EVAP leak detection pump with reference orifice image EVAP leak detection pump switching valve

image EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor

The EVAP leak detection vacuum pump stuck off test is performed by comparing an initial stabilized EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor, absolute, reading to a second stabilized reading for a short period of time.

The EVAP leak detection vacuum pump stuck on test is performed after the switching valve transitions from vent to not venting, pump, position. If after the second EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor reading, a difference between the two pressure readings indicates the EVAP leak detection vacuum pump is stuck on.

Conditions for Running the DTC


P145C and P145D

image DTCs P043E, P043F, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0119, P0128, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0461, P0462, P0463, P0498, P0499, P0502, P0503, P06E4, P0722, P0723, P111E, P1462, P145C, P145D, P145E, P145F, P2066, P2067, P2068, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2230, P2400, P2401, P2402, P2418, P2419, P2420, P2421, P2422, P2450, P24BA, P24BB, P24B9, P2537, P262B,

U0073, U0074, U0140 and U182D is not set.

image The propulsion system is not active. image The EVAP purge valve is closed.

image The EVAP vent solenoid valve is closed.

image The EVAP leak detection pump switching valve is in the vent position. image The EVAP leak detection pump vacuum pump is ON.

image The odometer greater than 16 km (10 mi).

image The barometric pressure (BARO) is between 70 - 110 kPa (10 - 16 PSI). image The fuel level is between 10 - 90%.

image The engine coolant temperature is less than 40°C (104°F).

image The intake air temperature is between 4 - 45°C (39 - 113°F). image The system voltage is greater than 10 V.

image The vehicle speed is less than 1.6 km/h (1 MPH). image No Vehicle ON during test.

image The refueling request button is not pressed. image A service bay test is not active.

image The device control is not active.

image There are three possible time windows for this test to run. Up to that point and through this time period the propulsion system must not be active. These time windows are: 5.0, 7.0 or 9.5 hours.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


P145C

The EVAP leak detection pump is commanded ON during the first reference orifice vacuum measurement and the stabilized EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor vacuum reading is less than 0.1 kPa (0.01 PSI) for greater than 6 min.

Or

The EVAP leak detection pump is commanded ON during the second reference orifice vacuum measurement and the stabilized EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor vacuum reading is less than 0.1 kPa (0.01 PSI) for greater than 30 s.

P145D

The EVAP leak detection pump is commanded OFF for the first time and the EVAP leak detection pump switching valve has transitioned from vent to not venting, pump position. The difference between an initial EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor reading and a second EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor reading is greater than 1 kPa (0.14 PSI) for greater than 8 s.

Or

The EVAP leak detection pump is commanded OFF for the second time and the EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor vacuum reading is greater than 1.18 kPa (0.17 PSI) for greater than 14 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTCs P145C and P145D are Type B DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTCs P145C and P145D are Type B DTCs.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Powertrain Component View

Powertrain Component Views

Description and Operation

Evaporative Emission Control System Description

Hybrid Modes of Operation Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify the scan tool EVAP Leak Detection Pump Pressure parameter compared against the conditions for

setting

image If not the specified range

Replace the Q63 Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Assembly

image If within specified range

3. Verify that DTCs P2400, P2401 or P2402 is not set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

image If no DTCs are set .

4. Inspect for any aftermarket devices added that might have been spliced into the wire harness circuits that control the EVAP leak detection pump.

image Aftermarket devices found

Remove or repair as necessary

image No aftermarket devices found

5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

6. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTCs set

Refer to Circuit System Testing.

image If the DTC do not set

7. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

Refer to Evaporative Emission System Vacuum Leak Detection Pump Replacement

DTC P145E: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP TO VENT SOLENOID VALVE LEAK DETECTED

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P145E

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Detection Pump to Vent Solenoid Valve Leak Detected

Circuit/System Description


The EVAP system uses a EVAP leak detection pump to test for system leaks. The EVAP leak detection pump assembly consists of the following components:

image EVAP leak detection pump with reference orifice image EVAP leak detection pump switching valve

image EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor

This DTC sets when the ECM detects a 0.51 mm (0.020 in) external leak between the EVAP leak detection pump and the EVAP vent solenoid valve or an internal leak through the EVAP vent solenoid valve.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTCs P043E, P043F, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0119, P0128, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0461, P0462, P0463, P0498, P0499, P0502, P0503, P06E4, P0722, P0723, P111E, P1462, P145C, P145D, P145F, P2066, P2067, P2068, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2230, P2400, P2401, P2402, P2418, P2419, P2420, P2450, P24BA, P24BB, P24B9, P2537, P262B, U0073, U0074, U0140 and

U182D is not set.

image The EVAP purge valve is closed.

image The EVAP vent solenoid valve transitions to closed.

image The EVAP leak detection pump switching valve in not venting, pump position. image The EVAP leak detection pump vacuum pump is ON.

image The odometer greater than 16 km (10 mi).

image The barometric pressure (BARO) is between 70 - 110 kPa (10 - 16 PSI). image The fuel level is between 10 - 90%.

image The engine coolant temperature is less than 40°C (104°F).

image The intake air temperature is between 4 - 45°C (39 - 113°F). image The system voltage is greater than 10 V.

image The vehicle speed is less than 4.8 km/h (3 MPH). image No Vehicle ON during this test

image The refueling request button is not pressed. image A service bay test is not active.

image The device control is not active.

image There are three possible time windows for this test to run. Up to that point and through this time period the propulsion system must not be active. These time windows are: 5.0, 7.0 or 9.5 h.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


The ECM detects the vacuum reading is less than the reference vacuum for greater than 30 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets DTC P145E is a Type B DTC. Conditions for Clearing the DTC

DTC P145E is a Type B DTC.

Diagnostic Aids


image The EVAP system can be filled with smoke at the fresh air side of the vacuum pump using the adapters in the GE-41413-300 .

image Smoke seen coming out of the fresh air side of the EVAP leak detection pump assembly is not consider a failed part. This includes the electrical connection port as diagnostics will not detect a leak on the fresh air side of the system.

image To help locate intermittent leaks, use the GE-41413-A to introduce smoke into the EVAP system. Move all the EVAP components while observing for smoke with the GE-41413-SPT .

image To improve the visibility of the smoke exiting the EVAP system, observe the suspected leak area from different angles with the GE-41413-SPT .

image If a small leak is difficult to find, it may be necessary to remove the EVAP components and test them one at a time using the adapters in the GE-41413-300 .

image A vent solenoid stuck in the open position will set this DTC. If the solenoid will not respond to the scan tool command, it may be electrically or mechanically inoperable.

Reference Information


Powertrain Component View

Powertrain Component Views

Description and Operation

image Evaporative Emission Control System Description image Hybrid Modes of Operation Description

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information Special Tools

image GE-41413-300 EVAP Cap And Plug Kit

image GE-41413-A Evaporative Emissions System Tester

image GE-41413-SPT High Intensity White Light

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) Special Tools (Repair Tools) .

Circuit/System Verification


WARNING: Refer to Fuel and Evaporative Emission Pipe Warning .

CAUTION: Refer to Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Caution .


1. Verify none of the conditions listed below exist:

image Disconnected, incorrectly routed, kinked, or damaged EVAP pipes, O-rings and hoses

image A damaged EVAP vent solenoid valve - This could be a shorted solenoid or mechanically stuck.

Refer to Component Testing below.

image If a condition exists

Repair as necessary

image If no conditions exist


CAUTION: Refer to Fuel and Evaporative Emission Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Caution .


NOTE: Refer to the GE-41413-A operation manual for detailed instructions in Evaporative Emission Control System Diagnosis.


2. Disconnect the fresh air tube at the quick connector on the Q63 Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump.

3. Using adapters in the GE-41413-300 , specifically GE-41413-323 , connect the GE-41413-A .


NOTE: Ensure that the vehicle underbody temperature is similar to the ambient temperature and allow the surrounding air to stabilize before starting the diagnostic procedure. The system flow will be less with higher temperatures.


4. Use the flow meter on the GE-41413-A calibrated to 0.51 mm (0.020 in) determine if there is a leak.

image If a leak is detected

Use the GE-41413-A to apply smoke to the EVAP system until the leak is located.

image If no leak is detected

5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

6. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: Ambient and vehicle component temperature must be above 0°C (32°F) to command the switching valve or vacuum pump. This prevents erroneous

results and damage to the EVAP leak detection pump assembly.


1. Record the scan tool EVAP Leak Detection Pump pressure.

2. Command the scan tool EVAP Leak Detection Pump on for 1 min.

1. Record the scan tool EVAP Leak Detection Pump pressure.

2. Subtract the value in step 2.1 from the value in step 1 and record this

3. Command the scan tool EVAP Leak Detection Pump to Vent Solenoid Valve Leak Test for 30 s.

1. Record the scan tool EVAP Leak Detection Pump pressure.

2. Subtract the value in step 3.1 from the value recorded in step 1. image Example: Step 1 value 96.6 kPa (14 PSI)

image Example: Step 2 value 93.5 kPa (13.6 PSI)

image Example: Step 2.2 value 3.1 kPa (0.4 PSI)

image Example: Step 3 value 90.69 kPa (13.15 PSI)

image Example: Step 3.2 value 5.91 kPa (0.8 PSI)

4. The recommended ratio should be at least 1.50 of the value in step 2.2. image Example; step 1 minus step 3 = 5.91 kPa (0.85 PSI)

image

5.91 kPa (0.85 PSI) divided by 3.1 (0.44 PSI) = 1.90 ratio.

image If the ratio fails the recommendation

Inspect and repair for any of the conditions noted under Circuit/System Verification, step 1

image If the ratio meets or exceeds the recommendation

5. All OK


Component Testing

1. Connect GE-41413-A using adapter J-41413-323 that is part of GE-41413-300 to the fresh air side of the Q63 Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump.

1. Test the connection between the Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve and the Q63 Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump for a leak.

2. The value should be below the 0.020 in H2O value established above in Circuit/System Verification, step 4.


NOTE: Smoke seen coming out of the fresh air side of the EVAP leak detection pump assembly is not consider a failed part. This includes the electrical connection port as diagnostics will not detect a leak on the fresh air side of the system.


3.

image If a leak is detected

Repair the affected component

2. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve.

3. Test for 25 - 30 Ω between the control terminal 1 and the battery voltage terminal 2.

image If not within the specified range

Replace the Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve

image If within the specified range


NOTE: image Use the scan tool Fuel Tank Pressure sensor parameter as a pressure/vacuum reference source.

image Review diagnostic aids listed for P0451-P0453 as these could affect further testing.


image

4. Connect J 41413-323 to the pump side of the Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve

5. Test for no air flow through the Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve by applying vacuum to the pump side of the valve. It should hold 1 - 2 in Hg (3 - 7 kPa) for 30 s.

image If it does not hold vacuum

Replace the Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve.

image If it does hold vacuum

6. Reconnect the harness connector at the Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve, vehicle in Service Mode.

7. Command the scan tool EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve ON and apply vacuum to the pump side of the valve.

8. Verify the Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve does not hold vacuum.

image If it does hold vacuum

Replace the Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve

image If it does not hold vacuum

9. All OK


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Refer to Evaporative Emission Canister Control Valve Vacuum Hose Replacement image Refer to Evaporative Emission System Vacuum Leak Detection Pump Replacement image Refer to Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement

DTC P1461: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM PRESSURE INCORRECT DURING FUEL FILL DOOR OPEN REQUEST

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptor


DTC P1461

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Pressure Incorrect During Fuel Fill Door Open Request

Circuit/System Description


The Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 (HPCM2) monitors the fuel tank pressure during a fuel fill door open request. If the fuel tank pressure does not fall within a predetermined range within 30 - 120 s this DTC sets.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image The HPCM2 is active.

image The fuel fill door open switch is pressed.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


The Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 detects the fuel tank pressure sensor reading does not fall within a predetermined value for greater than 30 - 120 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets The DTC P1461 is a type A DTC. Conditions for Clearing the DTC The DTC P1461 is a type A DTC. Diagnostic Aids

image A restriction in the EVAP canister or vent lines that might hold fuel tank pressure could affect this. image This DTC will not prevent the fuel fill door from opening.

image A vent valve stuck closed could affect this.

image Ensure that the reference port on the fuel tank pressure sensor is unobstructed.

image Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

image Engine Controls Schematics image Release Systems Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

image Evaporative Emission Control System Description image Hybrid Modes of Operation Description

image Fuel Fill Door Description and Operation (Fuel Door)

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode, observe and note the fuel tank pressure with a scan tool.

2. Request a refueling event. The fuel tank pressure reading should be at 0 inches of H2O.

image If not at specification

Test and repair any vent restriction

image If meets specification

3. All OK


Repair Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair. image Refer to Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement

image Refer to Control Module References for ECM and Hybrid/EV Control Module 2 replacement, programming and setup.

DTC P1462: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM REFERENCE ORIFICE FLOW ERRATIC

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors

DTC P1462

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Reference Orifice Flow Erratic

Circuit/System Description


The evaporative emission (EVAP) system uses a EVAP leak detection pump to test for system leaks. The EVAP leak detection pump assembly consists of the following components:

image EVAP leak detection pump with reference orifice image EVAP leak detection pump switching valve

image EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor

The engine control module (ECM) monitors the pressure across the reference orifice with the EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor. When all conditions are met, the ECM commands the vacuum pump ON and monitors the EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor. If the ECM detects the pressure is not stabilized, the DTC will set.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTCs P043E, P043F, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0119, P0128, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0461, P0462, P0463, P0498, P0499, P0502, P0503, P06E4, P0722, P0723, P111E, P145C, P145D, P145E, P2066, P2067, P2068, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2230, P2400, P2401, P2402, P2418, P2419, P2420, P2421, P2422, P2450, P24BA, P24BB, P24B9, P2537, P262B, U0073, U0074,

U0140 and U182D is not set.

image The vehicle is OFF.

image The propulsion system is not active.

image The refueling request button is not pressed image A service bay test is not active

image The purge valve is closed

image The vent solenoid valve is closed

image The EVAP Leak Detection Pump switching valve is in the vent position image The EVAP Leak Detection Pump vacuum pump is ON

image The odometer is greater than 16 km (10 mi)

image The barometric pressure (BARO) is between 70 - 110 kPa (10 - 16 PSI) image The fuel level is between 10 - 90%

image The engine coolant temperature is less than 40°C (104°F)

image The intake air temperature is between 4 - 45°C (39 - 113°F) image The system voltage is greater than 10 V

image The vehicle speed less than 4.8 km/h (3 MPH)

image There are three possible time windows for this test to run. Up to that point, and through this time period, the propulsion system must not be active. These time windows are: 5.0, 7.0 or 9.5 h.

Conditions for Setting the DTC

The ECM detects the EVAP leak detection pump internal reference test did not successfully complete within a calibrated value.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets DTC P1462 is a Type B DTC. Conditions for Clearing the DTC DTC P1462 is a Type B DTC. Diagnostic Aids

image Inspect the tube and clamps from the EVAP leak detection pump to the vent solenoid for damage. A damage/open tube may allow debris to enter the pump and plug the reference orifice.

image Remove the EVAP leak detection pump and look inside the pump opening for any debris that could restrict or plug the reference orifice. The reference orifice is a small opening at the 2 o'clock position in the pump vacuum opening. Inspect for missing or damage O-rings.

image With the fresh air tube removed from the EVAP leak detection pump assembly, blow controlled air, 5 - 10 PSI, into this tube. There should be air escaping from behind the fuel fill pocket indicating this tube and filter are not restricted.

image A switching valve stuck in the pump position can cause insufficient flow.

image This part is not serviceable. It is very important that no debris be found in the pump fresh air inlet or vacuum openings, the tube between the vent solenoid valve and EVAP leak detection pump assembly as this could cause a P043E to set.

Reference Information


Powertrain Component View

Powertrain Component Views

Description and Operation

Evaporative Emission Control System Description

Hybrid Modes of Operation Description

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify the scan tool EVAP Leak Detection Pump Pressure sensor reading is within the range specified in the Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure table.

3. Record the EVAP Leak Detection Pump Pressure sensor reading.

4. Command the scan tool EVAP Leak Detection Pump ON.

5. Record the EVAP Leak Detection Pump Pressure sensor reading after 6 min. The reading should be 1.18 - 4 kPa (0.17-0.58 PSI) less than the initial reading from step 2.

image If not within the specified range

Refer to Circuit/System Testing

image If within specified range

6. Record the EVAP Leak Detection Pump Pressure sensor reading after monitoring for an additional 5-10 min.

7. The reading should be 1.18 - 4.5 kPa (0.17-0.58 PSI) less than the initial reading from step 2, and the difference between the step 4 and step 5 readings less than 0.51 kpa (.07 PSI)

image If not within the specified range

Refer to Circuit/System Testing

image If within specified range

8. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

9. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC do not set

10. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: The reference orifice is a small opening at the 2 o'clock position in the pump vacuum opening.


1. Vehicle OFF, remove the Q63 Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Assembly.

2. Verify the reference orifice within the pump does not have a restriction.

image If restricted

Inspect and repair any of the conditions listed below:

image The EVAP leak detection pump to the vent solenoid tube and clamps for damage image A missing or damage EVAP leak detection pump O-rings

image The fresh air tube near the fuel fill pocket for a restriction image The fresh air tube for a restriction

image If not restricted

Replace the Q63 Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Assembly.

Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

Refer to Evaporative Emission System Vacuum Leak Detection Pump Replacement

DTC P1426: EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) VALVE INTERNAL PERFORMANCE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P1426

Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Internal Performance

Circuit/System Description


The exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valve internal performance DTC indicates that the smart EGR valve has determined that an internal error exists (internal to the EGR valve).

Conditions for Running the DTC


image Engine speed is between 700 - 5,900 RPM

image The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met for greater than 5 s.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


P1426

The EGR valve has broadcast the specific duty cycle to the engine control module to indicate internal error condition exists.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets DTC P1426 is a Type B DTC. Conditions for Clearing the DTC DTC P1426 is a Type B DTC. Reference Information Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify DTC P1426 is not set.

image If DTC P1426 is set

Replace the Q14 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve.

image If DTC P1426 is not set

3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

4. Verify DTC P1426 does not set.

image If DTC P1426 sets

Replace the Q14 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve.

image If the DTC does not set

5. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Refer to Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve Replacement

image Refer to Control Module References for ECM replacement, programming, and setup

DTC P1427-P142A OR P1437: EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 OR 2 - INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE 1 OR 2 NOT PLAUSIBLE/EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 NOT PLAUSIBLE

Diagnostic Instructions

image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P1427

EGR Temperature Sensor 1 - Intake Air Temperature 1 Not Plausible

DTC P1428

EGR Temperature Sensor 1 - Intake Air Temperature 2 Not Plausible

DTC P1429

EGR Temperature Sensor 2 - Intake Air Temperature 1 Not Plausible

DTC P142A

EGR Temperature Sensor 2 - Intake Air Temperature 2 Not Plausible

DTC P1437

Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature Sensor 1 Not Plausible

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground


Open

High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 1 Signal

P040C

P040D

P040D, P1427, P1428

P040D*

P040B, P1427, P1428

Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 1 Low Reference

-

P040D

P040D, P1427, P1428

P040D*

P040B, P1427, P1428

Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 2 Signal

P041C

P041D

P041D, P1429, P142A

P041D*

P041B, P1429, P142A

Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 2 Low Reference

-

P041D

P041D, P1429, P142A

P041D*

P041B, P1429, P142A

* Internal ECM or Sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+

Typical Scan Tool Data


EGT Sensor 1 - 3

Circuit

Short to Ground

Open

Short to Voltage

Operating Conditions: Ignition On

Parameter Normal Range: -39 - 999°C (-38 - 1,830°F)

Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 1 or 2 Signal

200°C (392°F)

200°C (392°F)

200°C (392°F)

Circuit

Short to Ground

Open

Short to Voltage

Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 1 or 2 Low Reference

-

200°C (392°F)

200°C (392°F)


Circuit/System Description


The exhaust gas temperature sensors are variable resistors that measure the temperature of the exhaust gas. The Engine Control Module (ECM) supplies a 5 V bias to the exhaust gas temperature sensor (EGT) signal circuit and supplies a ground to the low reference circuit. When the EGR temperature sensor is cold, the sensor resistance is high. When the EGR temperature increases, the sensor resistance decreases. With high sensor resistance, the ECM detects a higher voltage on the EGR temperature signal circuit. With lower sensor resistance, the ECM detects a lower voltage on the EGR temperature signal circuit. After an 8 hour engine off soak time, the power up temperature of the exhaust gas temperature sensors are compared to the engine coolant temperature sensor (ECT) to determine if the temperature is plausible.

The following table illustrates the relationship between the temperature of the exhaust gas, and the resistance and voltage seen at the EGT sensor.


Temperature

Resistance

Voltage

Low

Low

Low

High

High

High

Conditions for Running the DTC


P1427, P1428, P1429, and P142A

image DTC P00E9, P010B, P0111, P0114, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0119, P0128, P017B, P017C, P017D, P111E, P117B, P117C, P117D, P117E, P117F, or P262B is not set.

image Battery voltage is greater than 11 V image The engine is off for greater than 8 h image The engine is cranking or running

image The DTCs run once per drive cycle when the above conditions are met

P1437

image Battery voltage is greater than 11 V

image The engine speed is between 700 - 5,900 RPM image The engine is cranking or running

image The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met for 10 s


Conditions for Setting the DTC


P1427, P1428, P1429, and P142A

The ECM detects the difference between the exhaust gas temperature and the engine coolant temperature is greater than 15°C (59°F) after an 8 h engine soak.

P1437

The exhaust gas recirculation valve (EGR) determines that a thermal condition exists where the valve should be shut down for protection, but the ECM has determined that the condition is not plausible because none of the other engine hot conditions exist.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTCs P1427, P1428, P1429, P142A, and P1437 are Type B DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTCs P1427, P1428, P1429, P142A, and P1437 are Type B DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids


image If the engine has cooled overnight, all exhaust gas temperature sensors and the engine coolant temperature sensor values should display within 3°C (5°F).

image After starting a cold engine, the exhaust gas temperature sensors temperature should rise steadily, then stabilize after the engine reaches operating temperature.

image High resistance in either circuit of an exhaust gas temperature sensor could set a DTC.

image After a code clear, with an existing fault, the EGR temperature sensors briefly display the Typical Scan Tool Data chart fault values to indicate a fault type, then default to 200°C (392°F) after a few seconds.

image With a fault present, the sensor reads a software defaulted value of 200°C (392°F) and does not change with an expected temperature increase or decrease.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Component View Reference

Powertrain Component Views

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify no other DTCs are set.

image If any other DTCs are set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle

image If no other DTCs are set

3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

4. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

5. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


1. Vehicle OFF, exchange the suspect harness connector at the B130 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature Sensor with the known functioning B130 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature Sensor, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify the DTC related to the known functioning B130 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature Sensor does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Test or replace the B130 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature Sensor

image If the DTC does not set

3. Vehicle OFF, and all vehicle systems OFF, install original harness connector to the known functioning B130 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature Sensor. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.

4. Test for less than 10 Ω between the appropriate low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground.

image If 10 Ω or greater

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If less than 10 Ω

5. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

6. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground.

image If 1 V or greater

Repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V

7. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance

Repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance

8. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic repair procedure.

image Refer to Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler Temperature Sensor Replacement - Position 1 image Refer to Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler Temperature Sensor Replacement - Position 2 image Refer to Control Module References for ECM replacement, programming and setup.

DTC P1516, P2101, P2119, OR P2176: THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL (TAC) MODULE THROTTLE ACTUATOR POSITION PERFORMANCE/THROTTLE CLOSED POSITION PERFORMANCE/MINIMUM THROTTLE POSITION NOT LEARNED

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check prior to using this diagnostic procedure: Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle

image Review the description of Strategy Based Diagnosis: Strategy Based Diagnosis

image An overview of each diagnostic category can be found here: Diagnostic Procedure Instructions


DTC Descriptor


DTC P1516

Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Throttle Actuator Position Performance

DTC P2101

Throttle Actuator Position Performance

DTC P2119

Throttle Closed Position Performance

DTC P2176

Minimum Throttle Position Not Learned

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

Control - Close

P1516, P2101

P1516, P2101

P1516, P2101

P1516, P2101, P2176

Control - Open

P1516, P2101, P2119

P1516, P2101

P1516, P2101

P1516, P2101, P2176

Circuit/System Description


Circuit

Description

Control - Close

The output circuit is switched from ground to 12 V to activate the component.

Control - Open

The output circuit is switched from ground to 12 V to activate the component.


Component

Description


K20 Engine Control Module

The control module controls a series of actuators to ensure optimal engine performance. The control module does this by reading values from a variety of sensors, interprets the data and adjusts the engine actuators accordingly.


Q38 Throttle Body

The throttle valve is actuated by a bidirectional DC motor. A spring pulls the valve to a rest or default position, in which the valve is almost closed. The throttle actuator motor can push against the force of the spring to open or close the valve. The more current flow through the motor, the more the valve moves.


The engine control module (ECM) provides the accelerator pedal interface in which the driver requests a vehicle torque. These driver requests are coordinated and arbitrated within the ECM and the final driver requested torque is sent to the hybrid powertrain control module. The hybrid powertrain control module then determines how the torque output will be distributed between the two electric motors and the engine. The ECM achieves throttle positioning by providing a pulse width modulated voltage to the throttle actuator motor.

Conditions for Running the DTC


P1516

image DTC P1682 = Not set

image Ignition Voltage = Greater than 6.4 V

image Throttle Position Learn = Not Activated

DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P2101 Condition 1

image DTC P1682 = Not set

image Ignition Voltage = Greater than 6.4 V

image Throttle Position Learn = Not Activated image Engine = Running

Condition 2

image Ignition Voltage = Greater than 6.4 V image Throttle Position Learn = Active

Condition 3

image Ignition Voltage = Greater than 6.4 V image Reduced Engine Power = Active

DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P2119

image DTC P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P06A3 = Not set

image Ignition Voltage = Greater than 6.4 V image Engine = Not Running

DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P2176

image Ignition Voltage = Greater than 6.4 V image Throttle Position Learn = Active

DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met for greater than 2 s.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


P1516

image The following parameters are not within 2% of each other: image Desired Throttle Position

image Throttle Position

DTC P2101 Condition 1

image The following parameters are not within 10% of each other: image Desired Throttle Position

image Throttle Position

Condition 2

image Throttle Position Learn = Active

image Throttle Position = Greater than 38%

Condition 3

image Throttle Position Learn = Active

image Throttle Position = Greater than 50%

P2119

The throttle blade has not reached the closed position after the engine has been turned off.

P2176

Minimum Throttle Position Not Learned = Exceeded Number of Attempts

Actions Taken When the DTC Sets


image DTC P1516 is a Type B DTC.

image DTCs P2101, P2176 are Type A DTCs. image DTC P2119 is a Type C DTC.

image Reduced Engine Power = Active

image P16 Instrument Cluster = Reduced Engine Power

image Under certain conditions, the control module commands the engine Off.


Conditions for Clearing the DTC


image DTC P1516 is a Type B DTC.

image DTCs P2101, P2176 are Type A DTCs. image DTC P2119 is a Type C DTC.

Diagnostic Aids


image A high resistance condition on the throttle position and throttle actuator control circuits could cause a DTC to set.

image A weak battery may cause this DTC to set.

image If the throttle blade becomes stuck, a DTC will set. Depending on the position of the throttle blade, the ECM may enter Engine Shutdown Mode. The ECM will disable fuel and de-energize the throttle actuator. If the condition remains present during the next ignition cycle, the ECM may disable engine cranking.

Inspect the throttle body assembly for a stuck throttle blade if a throttle actuator DTC is current and the engine won't crank.

image Inspect for a condition in which the throttle blade may have been held open. For example, ice may have formed in the throttle bore causing the throttle blade not to close.

image Under cold start conditions, it might happen briefly that the desired and the actual throttle blade position do not match.

Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify DTC P0121, P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P0562, P0621, P0622, P16A0-P16A2, P2135 is not set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to: Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle

image If none of the DTCs are set

3. Verify the scan tool parameter: Throttle Body Idle Air Flow Compensation = Less than 90%

image If 90% or greater

Refer to: Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning .

image If less than 90%

4. Clear the DTCs.

5. Vehicle Off and all vehicle systems Off.

6. Vehicle in Service Mode.

7. Perform the scan tool control function: Throttle Sweep Verify the scan tool parameter: TAC Motor = Enabled

image If not the specified state

Refer to: Circuit/System Testing

image If the specified state

8. Verify the scan tool parameter: TAC Motor = Enabled Perform the action while monitoring the parameter:

image Wiggle the harness and connector: Q38 Throttle Body

image Wiggle the harness and connector: K20 Engine Control Module

image If not the specified state

Repair as necessary - Wiring / Terminal(s) / Electrical Connector(s)

image If the specified state

9. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

10. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to: Circuit/System Testing

image If the DTC does not set

11. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


1. Vehicle Off.

2. Verify the following conditions do not exist:


WARNING: Turn OFF the ignition before inserting fingers into the throttle bore. Unexpected movement of the throttle blade could cause personal injury.


image The throttle blade has not reached the closed position after the engine has been turned off. image The throttle blade is not closed by the spring.

image The throttle blade is binding in open or closed position.

image If a condition exists

Replace the component: Q38 Throttle Body

image If no condition exists


NOTE: Disconnecting the component electrical connector causes additional DTCs to set.


3. Disconnect the electrical connector: Q38 Throttle Body

4. Vehicle in Service Mode.

5. Test for 6 to 8 V between the test points:

image Control circuit terminal 1 & Ground image Control circuit terminal 2 & Ground image If less than 6 V

1. Vehicle Off.

2. Disconnect the electrical connector: X2 @ K20 Engine Control Module

3. Test for infinite resistance between the test points:

image Control circuit terminal 1 @ Component harness & Ground image Control circuit terminal 2 @ Component harness & Ground

image If less than infinite resistance - Repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance

4. Test for less than 2 ohms between the test points:

image Control circuit terminal 1 @ Component harness & The other end of the circuit @ Control module harness

image Control circuit terminal 2 @ Component harness & The other end of the circuit @ Control module harness

image If 2 ohms or greater - Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 ohms - Replace the component: K20 Engine Control Module

image If greater than 8 V

1. Vehicle Off.

2. Disconnect the electrical connector: X2 @ K20 Engine Control Module

3. Vehicle in Service Mode.

4. Test for less than 1 V between the test points:

image Control circuit terminal 1 @ Component harness & Ground image Control circuit terminal 2 @ Component harness & Ground image If 1 V or greater - Repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V - Replace the component: K20 Engine Control Module

image If between 6 and 8 V

6. Vehicle Off.

7. Disconnect the electrical connector: X2 @ K20 Engine Control Module

8. Test for less than 2 ohms between the test points:

image Control circuit terminal 1 @ Component harness & The other end of the circuit @ Control module harness

image Control circuit terminal 2 @ Component harness & The other end of the circuit @ Control module harness

image If 2 ohms or greater - Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 ohms

9. Test or replace the component: Q38 Throttle Body

Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair: Diagnostic Repair Verification

image Refer to Throttle Body Assembly Replacement

image For control module replacement, programming, and setup refer to: Control Module References

DTC P15F2: ENGINE TORQUE COMMAND SIGNAL MESSAGE COUNTER INCORRECT

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptor


DTC P15F2

Engine Torque Command Signal Message Counter Incorrect

Circuit/System Description


This diagnostic applies to internal microprocessor integrity conditions within the engine control module (ECM). The hybrid/EV powertrain control module 1 is internal to the power inverter module, often referred to as the drive motor generator power inverter module, and is not serviced separately. The hybrid/EV powertrain control module 1 sends an engine torque requested message to the ECM over the serial data circuits. The ECM monitors the data to verify the indicated engine torque requested calculation is correct. The ECM processor monitors the data to verify that the engine torque command is correct.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image Vehicle ON.

image The system voltage is 8 - 18 V. image DTC U1817 is not set.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


The control module has detected an internal malfunction.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


image DTC P15F2 is a Type A DTC.

image The hybrid/EV powertrain control module 1 requests the hybrid/EV powertrain control module 2 to open the high voltage contactor relays.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC DTC P15F2 is a Type A DTC. Reference Information

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Circuit/System Verification


NOTE: Diagnose and repair any communication DTCs prior to performing this testing.


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify DTC P15F2 is not set.

image If the DTC is set

1. Program the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets, replace the K20 Engine Control Module. image If the DTC does not set.

3. All OK

image If the DTC is not set

3. All OK


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

Refer to Control Module References for K20 Engine Control Module replacement, programming, and setup.

DTC P15F9: HYBRID/EV SYSTEM ENGINE SPEED CONTROL INTERVENTION REQUEST TYPE SIGNAL MESSAGE COUNTER INCORRECT

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for a overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptor


DTC P15F9

Hybrid/EV System Engine Speed Control Intervention Request Type Signal Message Counter Incorrect

Circuit/System Description


The hybrid/EV powertrain control module is constantly sending serial data messages to the ECM regarding the operating state of the powertrain propulsion system. These messages are sent in a continuously repeating series of rolling counts with associated password protect samples. Each count/sample is assigned a value. The ECM uses the values, during a propulsion system mode shift, to determine when and at what RPM to idle the internal combustion engine. When the ECM determines that too many of the counts/samples contain an error value, the ECM sets DTC P15F9.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTC U1817 is not set.

image The engine run time is greater than 0.5 s. image No other CAN errors are present.

image The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


The ECM detects that 10 of 16 counts/samples contain an error value.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets DTC P15F9 is a Type B DTC Conditions for Clearing the DTC DTC P15F9 is a Type B DTC. Diagnostic Aids

An intermittent fault in the CAN circuits will cause the ECM to set DTC P15F9.

Reference Information


Description and Operation

Hybrid Modes of Operation Description

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


NOTE: image Correct any engine control DTCs before diagnosing hybrid/EV powertrain control module DTCs.

image DTC P15F9 is an informational DTC.


1. Verify there are no engine control or communication DTCs set.

image If a DTC is set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

image If a DTC is not set

2. Verify there are no hybrid/EV powertrain control module DTCs set.

image If a DTC is set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

image If a DTC is not set

3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

4. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

image If the DTC does not set

5. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

DTC P15FB: BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL MESSAGE COUNTER INCORRECT

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for a overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptor


DTC P15FB

Brake Pedal Position Sensor Signal Message Counter Incorrect

Circuit/System Description


The electronic brake control module (EBCM) monitors the brake pedal position sensor in order to provide emission related brake pedal position information to the engine control module (ECM). The EBCM sends the information, via the serial data circuit, to the ECM in a continuously repeating series of 16 rolling counts, with each count assigned a value. When the ECM determines that too many of the counts have an incorrect value, the ECM sets DTC P15FB.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image The vehicle is ON.

image DTC P15FB runs continuously when the above condition is met.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


The ECM detects that too many of the rolling counts have an incorrect value.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

image DTC P15FB is a Type B DTC.

image Brake pedal position is defaulted to 0 for as long as the fault is active.


Conditions for Clearing the DTC DTC P15FB is a Type B DTC. Reference Information Description and Operation

Hybrid Modes of Operation Description

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information.

Circuit/System Verification


NOTE: image DTC P15FB is an informational DTC.

image Diagnose all other engine control module DTCs prior to DTC P15FB.


1. Verify that no other DTCs are set except for DTC P15FB.

image If any other DTCs are set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

image If only DTC P15FB is set

2. Replace the K17 Electronic Brake Control Module.

3. Verify the DTC does not set while operating the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC.

image If DTC sets

Replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If DTC does not set

4. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

Refer to Control Module References for Electronic Brake Control Module and Engine Control Module replacement, programming and setup

DTC P162D: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM ALARM CLOCK SIGNAL NOT

RECEIVED

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptor


DTC P162D

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Alarm Clock Signal Not Received

Circuit/System Description


Whenever the propulsion system goes active, the diagnostic reads its internal timer and evaluates the results from the wake-up events that could have occurred. If the ECM did not receive feedback from the Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 that the alarm clock was set and the ECM did not wake up, then the DTC will set.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTC's P0502, P0503, P0722, P0723, P262B, U0140, U182D, U0073, U0074 or P2537 is not set.

image Drive distance of greater than 0.1 mi image A service bay test is not active

Conditions for Setting the DTC


The vehicle must sit at least 6 h before the system goes to propulsion system active. At propulsion system active, if the ECM did not receive feedback from the Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 that the alarm clock was set, and any one of the three wake-up timer events did not occur, then the DTC fails.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


image The control modules are never signaled; therefore the specific subsystems will not function. image The MIL will illuminate after the 2nd ignition cycle.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC DTC P162D is a type B DTC. Reference Information Schematic Reference

Data Communication Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

image Data Link Communications Description and Operation image Hybrid Modes of Operation Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify that DTC P162D is set.

image If DTC P162D is set along with other DTCs set

Diagnose all other DTCs first. Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle

image If DTC P162D is set without other DTCs set

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If DTC P162D is not set

3. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: Use the schematics and connector end views to identify the following:


image The control modules that share the K20 Engine Control Module terminals X1 29 and 43 High Speed GMLAN and X1 1 and 15 High Voltage Management and Powertrain Expansion Buss serial data circuits.

1. Vehicle OFF, all systems OFF, all keys at least 3 meters away from vehicle, all access doors closed. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down. Disconnect the harness connectors at the K40 Engine Control Module and K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the serial data circuits end to end between the K20 Engine Control Module and K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2.

image If 2 Ω or greater

Repair the open/high resistance in the serial data circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω

Replace the K114B Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2.

3. Verify that DTC P162D does not set again.

image If the DTC sets

Replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If the DTC does not set

4. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Refer to Serial Data Circuit Wiring Repairs

image Refer to Control Module References for control module replacement, programming and setup

DTC P163A: CONTROL MODULE FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR 1 CONTROL SYSTEM CIRCUITRY PERFORMANCE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptor


DTC P163A

Control Module Fuel Pressure Regulator 1 Control System Circuitry Performance

Circuit/System Description


This diagnostic applies to internal microprocessor integrity conditions within the engine control module (ECM). The ECM monitors the current required to control fuel pressure regulator and compares the current value to calibrated low and high thresholds.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTC P0016, P0017, P0090, P0091, P0092, P00C8, P00C9, P00CA, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0117, P0118, P0119, P0128, P0192, P0193, P0335, P0336, P0340, P0341, P0365, P0366, P0627, P0628, P0629,

or P1682 are not present.

image The engine is running for greater than 10 s.

image Battery voltage is greater than or equal to 11 V.

image Low side fuel pressure is greater than 300 kPa (43.5 PSI).

image Intake air temperature (IAT) is warmer than or equal to -10°C (14°F).

image Barometric pressure is greater than 70 kPa.

image Fuel temperature is between -10°C and +132°C (14°F and 270°F). image The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


The ECM detects that the current used to drive the high pressure fuel pump actuator is 0.1 A or less or 11 A or greater for greater than 11 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets DTC P163A is a Type B DTC. Conditions for Clearing the DTC DTC P163A is a Type B DTC. Reference Information Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Fuel System Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify no other DTCs are set.

image If any other DTCs are set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

image If no other DTCs are set

3. Verify DTC P163A is not set.

image If the DTC is set

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC is not set

4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

5. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

6. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing

1. Vehicle OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.


NOTE: The DMM and test leads must be calibrated to 0 Ω in order to prevent misdiagnosis.


2. Test for 1.09 - 1.21 Ω at 20°C (68°F) between the high control circuit terminal 2 and the low control circuit terminal 1 on the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump.

image If not between 1.09 - 1.21 Ω

Replace the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump.

image If between 1.09 - 1.21 Ω

3. Vehicle in Service Mode.

4. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the high control circuit terminal 2 and ground.

image If the test lamp illuminates

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the high control circuit and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate

5. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the low control circuit terminal 1 and ground.

image If the test lamp illuminates

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the low control circuit and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate

6. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the high control circuit terminal 2 and B+.

image If the test lamp illuminates

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the high control circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate

7. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the low control circuit terminal 1 and B+.

image If the test lamp illuminates

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the low control circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate

8. Remove the test lamp, connect a 3 A fused jumper wire between the high control circuit terminal 2 and ground.

9. Engine Running.

10. Verify the Fuel Pressure Regulator High Control Circuit Low Voltage Test Status transitions from OK to Malfunction.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the fused jumper, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the high control circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If Malfunction is displayed

11. Connect a 3 A fused jumper wire between the low control circuit terminal 1 and B+.

12. Verify the Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status transitions from OK to Malfunction.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the fused jumper, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low control circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If Malfunction is displayed

13. Test or replace the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump.


Component Testing


Static Test

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump.


NOTE: The DMM and test leads must be calibrated to 0 Ω in order to prevent misdiagnosis.


2. Test for 1.09 - 1.21 Ω at 20°C (68°F) between the high control circuit terminal 2 and the low control circuit terminal 1.

image If not between 1.09 - 1.21 Ω

Replace the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump.

image If between 1.09 - 1.21 Ω

3. Test for infinite resistance between each terminal and the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump housing.

image If less than infinite resistance

Replace the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump.

image If infinite resistance

4. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Refer to Fuel Injection Pump Replacement

image Refer to Control Module References for ECM replacement, programming and setup

DTC P2096 OR P2097: POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM LOW/HIGH LIMIT

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptor


DTC P2096

Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Low Limit

DTC P2097

Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System High Limit

Circuit Description


Fuel trim bias is used to keep the post catalyst air/fuel ratio within a predetermined range. This allows optimal catalyst efficiency under various operating conditions. The engine control module (ECM) constantly monitors how lean or rich the fuel trim bias is commanded, to determine if the fuel trim bias is greater than a calibrated amount.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTC P0016, P0017, P0030, P0036, P0053, P0054, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0119, P0128, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134, P0135, P0137, P0138, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P0140, P0141, P015A, P015B, P0178, P0179, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0340, P0341, P0365, P0366, P0411, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0452, P0453, P0455, P0458, P0459, P0496, P0498, P0499, P111E, P1133, P1248, P1249, P124A, P124B, P2147, P2148, P2150, P2151, P2153, P2154, P2156, P2157, P219A, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2230, P2269, P2270, P2271, P2440, P2444, or P2A00 is not set.

image The barometric pressure (BARO) is greater than 70 kPa (10.2 PSI).

image The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) is between 0 - 200 kPa (0 - 29 PSI).

image The intake air temperature (IAT) is between -20°C and +200°C (-4 and +392°F). image The start up engine coolant temperature is warmer than -20°C (-4°F).

image The fuel control intrusive diagnostics are not active.

image The engine is operating under light acceleration, heavy acceleration, or cruise conditions. image DTCs P2096 and P2097 run continuously when the conditions above have been met.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


The correction limit for a condition causing a lean or rich air/fuel ratio has been exceeded.

Action Taken when the DTC Sets


DTCs P2096 and P2097 are Type B DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC


DTCs P2096 and P2097 are Type B DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids


image The post catalyst fuel trim diagnostic is very sensitive to heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) design. A non-OE sensor or an incorrect part number may cause a DTC to set.

image Certain aftermarket air filters may cause a DTC to set.

image Certain aftermarket air induction systems or modifications to the air induction system may cause a DTC

to set.

image Certain aftermarket exhaust system components may cause a DTC to set.


Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Component View Reference

Powertrain Component Views

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify no other HO2S or fuel trim DTC is set.

image If any other HO2S or fuel trim DTC is set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle for further diagnosis.

image If no other HO2S or fuel trim DTC is set

3. Verify DTC P2096 or P2097 is not set.

image If a DTC is set

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If no DTC is set

4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed in the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

5. Verify DTC P2096 or P2097 is not set.

image If a DTC is set

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If no DTC is set

6. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


Inspect for the conditions listed below:

P2096

image Air intake duct collapsed or restricted. image Air filter dirty or restricted.

image Objects blocking the throttle body.

image Excessive fuel in the crankcase. Change engine oil as necessary. image Rich fuel injectors. Refer to Fuel Injector Diagnosis .

image Excessive fuel system pressure. Refer to Fuel System Diagnosis .

image Fuel contamination. Refer to Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis. image Fuel saturation of the evaporative emissions (EVAP) canister

image Stuck open or leaking EVAP purge valve

image Restricted exhaust. Refer to Symptoms - Engine Exhaust .

image Improperly operating crankcase ventilation system. Refer to Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis .

P2097

image Exhaust system leaks. Refer to Symptoms - Engine Exhaust . image Split, kinked, or improperly connected vacuum hoses

image Insufficient fuel in the tank

image Leaks in the air induction system and air intake ducts image Missing air filter element

image Cracked evaporative canister

image Evaporative pipes plugged, obstructed, or leaking

image Crankcase ventilation system leaking. Refer to Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis . image Engine vacuum leaks

image Low fuel system pressure. Refer to Fuel System Diagnosis .

image Contaminated fuel. Refer to Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis. image Lean fuel injectors. Refer to Fuel Injector Diagnosis.

image If a condition is found

Repair as necessary.

Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair. Perform the scan tool Fuel Trim Reset after completing the repair.

DTC P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, OR P2138: ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR 1-2 CIRCUIT VOLTAGE/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSORS 1-2 NOT PLAUSIBLE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P2122

Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor 1 Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P2123

Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor 1 Circuit High Voltage

DTC P2127

Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P2128

Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor 2 Circuit High Voltage

DTC P2138

Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensors 1 - 2 Not Plausible

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor 1 5 V Reference

P06A3

P2122, P2138

P06A3, P2135

P2138

Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor 2 5 V Reference

P0106, P0107, P0108, P0697

P2127, P2138

P0106, P0107, P0108, P0697

P2138

Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor 1 Signal

P2122

P2122, P2138

P2123

P2138

Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor 2 Signal

P2127

P2127, P2138

P2128, P2138

P2138


Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor 1 Low Reference

-

P2123, P2138

-

P2138

Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor 2 Low Reference

-

P2128, P2138

-

P2138


Typical Scan Tool Data


APP Sensor 1

Circuit

Short to Ground

Open

Short to Voltage

Operating Conditions: The engine is operating.

Parameter Normal Range: APP Sensor 1 0.88 - 1.08 V

APP Sensor 1 5 V Reference

0.00 V

0.00 V

2 - 3 V

APP Sensor 1 Signal

0.00 V

0.00 V

4 - 5 V

APP Sensor 1 Low Reference

-

4 - 5 V

-

APP Sensor 2

Circuit

Short to Ground

Open

Short to Voltage

Operating Conditions: The engine is operating.

Parameter Normal Range: APP Sensor 2 0.39 - 0.59 V

APP Sensor 2 5 V Reference

0.00 V

0.00 V

1 - 3 V

APP Sensor 2 Signal

0.00 V

0.00 V

2 - 5 V

APP Sensor 2 Low Reference

-

4 - 5 V

-

Circuit/System Description


The accelerator pedal assembly contains 2 accelerator pedal position (APP) sensors. The APP sensors are mounted to the accelerator pedal assembly and are not serviceable. The APP sensors provide a signal voltage that changes relative to pedal position. The engine control module (ECM) supplies each APP sensor with a 5 V reference circuit, a low reference circuit, and a signal circuit. Both the APP sensors 1 and 2 signal percentages increase as the pedal is depressed, from approximately 0% at rest to above 95% when fully depressed.

The ECM provides the accelerator pedal position or driver torque request to the hybrid powertrain control module. The hybrid powertrain control module determines how the torque output will be distributed between the two electric motors and the engine.

Conditions for Running the DTC


P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128

image DTC P0697 is not set - P2127 or P2128. image DTC P06A3 is not set - P2122 or P2123.

image The ignition is ON or the engine is running. image The run/crank voltage is greater than 6.4 V.

image The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.

P2138

image DTCs P06A3, P0697, P2122, P2123, P2127, or P2128 are not set.

image The ignition is ON or the engine is running. image The run/crank voltage is greater than 6.4 V.

image The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


P2122

The ECM detects that the APP sensor 1 voltage is less than 0.46 V for greater than 1 s.

P2123

The ECM detects that the APP sensor 1 voltage is greater than 4.7 V for greater than 1 s.

P2127

The ECM detects that the APP sensor 2 voltage is less than 0.32 V for greater than 1 s.

P2128

The ECM detects that APP sensor 2 voltage is greater than 2.6 V for greater than 0.5 s.

P2138

The voltage difference between APP sensor 1 and APP sensor 2 exceeds a predetermined value for greater than 1 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


image DTCs P2122, P2123, P2127, and P2128, and P2138 are Type A DTCs.

image A message center displays Propulsion Power is Reduced.


Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTCs P2122, P2123, P2127, and P2128, and P2138 are Type A DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids


image A high resistance condition on the accelerator pedal sensor circuits could cause a DTC to set.

image Ensure that the in-line harness connector seals are installed correctly. Improper installation could result in water intrusion into the connector and cause a DTC to set.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

image Hybrid Modes of Operation Description

image Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify DTC P0697 or P06A3 is not set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, or P06D2 for further diagnosis.

image If none of the DTCs are set

3. Verify the APP Sensor 1 Circuit Status and APP Sensor 2 Circuit Status displays OK.

image If Malfunction is displayed

Refer to Circuit/System Testing

image If OK is displayed

4. Verify the scan tool APP Sensor 1 and 2 Agree/Disagree parameter displays Agree while performing the tests listed below:

image Rapidly depress the accelerator pedal from the rest position to the wide open throttle position (WOT) and release pedal. Repeat the procedure several times.

image Slowly depress the accelerator pedal to WOT and then slowly return the pedal to closed throttle.

Repeat the procedure several times.

image If Disagree

Refer to Circuit/System Testing

image If Agree

5. Verify that DTC P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, or P2138 is not set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to Circuit/System Testing

image If none of the DTCs set

6. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

7. Verify DTC P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, or P2138 is not set.

image If any DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing

image If no DTCs set

8. All OK


Circuit/System Testing

1. Vehicle OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B107 accelerator pedal assembly. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.

2. Test for less than 5 Ω between each low reference circuit terminal listed below and ground. image Low reference circuit terminal 4 or A

image Low reference circuit terminal 5 or D

image If 5 Ω or greater

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 engine control module.

image If less than 5 Ω

3. Vehicle in Service Mode.

4. Test for 4.8 - 5.2 V between each 5 V reference circuit terminal listed below and ground. image 5 V reference circuit terminal 1 or C

image 5 V reference circuit terminal 2 or F

image If less than 4.8 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the 5 V reference circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the 5 V reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 engine control module.

image If greater than 5.2 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the 5 V reference circuit and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 engine control module.

image If between 4.8 - 5.2 V

5. Verify each APP sensor voltage parameter is less than 0.2 V.

image If 0.2 V or greater

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal listed below and ground. image APP sensor 1 signal circuit terminal 3 or E

image APP sensor 2 signal circuit terminal 6 or B

image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 engine control module.

image If less than 0.2 V

6. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between each signal circuit terminal listed below and the 5 V reference circuit terminal 1.

image APP sensor 1 signal circuit terminal 3 or E image APP sensor 2 signal circuit terminal 6 or B

7. Verify the scan tool APP sensor voltage parameter is greater than 4.8 V.

image If 4.8 V or less

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 engine control module.

image If greater than 4.8 V

8. Test or replace the B107 accelerator pedal assembly.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Refer to Accelerator Pedal Replacement

image Refer to Control Module References for ECM replacement, programming, and setup

DTC P2199: INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR 1-2 NOT PLAUSIBLE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptor


DTC P2199

Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 1-2 Not Plausible

Diagnostic Fault Information


IAT Sensor 1


Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

Signal

P0112, P0114, P2199

P0111, P0113, P0114, P2199

P0113*, P0114, P2199

P0111, P2199

Low Reference

-

P0113, P2199, P2227, P2229

P0113*, P0114

-

*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+.

IAT Sensor 2 and Intake Air Humidity


Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance


Ignition Voltage

P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199

P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199


-


P0096


Signal

P0097, P00F4, P2199

P0097, P00F4, P2199

P0097*, P00F4*, P2199*


P0096


Ground


-

P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199


-


P0096

*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+.

Typical Scan Tool Data


IAT Sensor 1


Circuit

Short to Ground

Open or High Resistance


Short to Voltage

Operating Conditions: Engine Running

Parameter Normal Range: Varies with ambient temperature

Signal

150°C (302°F)

-40°C (-40°F)

-40°C (-40°F)*


Circuit

Short to Ground

Open or High Resistance


Short to Voltage

Low Reference

-

-40°C (-40°F)

-40°C (-40°F)*

*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+

IAT Sensor 2 and Intake Air Humidity


Circuit

Short to Ground

Open or High Resistance


Short to Voltage

Operating Conditions: Engine Running

Parameter Normal Range: Varies with ambient humidity, temperature, and engine bay conditions


Ignition Voltage

-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz

0%

-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz

0%


-


Signal

-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz

100%

-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz

0%

-40°C (-40°F)

10 Hz*

0%


Ground


-

-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz

0%


-

*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+

Circuit/System Description


The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor 1 is a variable resistor that measures the temperature of the air in the sensor bore. The engine control module (ECM) supplies 5 V to the IAT sensor 1 signal circuit and a ground for the IAT sensor 1 low reference circuit. The signal varies with inlet air temperature and is displayed by the scan tool as °C (°F).

The IAT sensor 2 produces a frequency signal, based on the inlet air temperature, which is equal to the humidity present within the sensor bore. The signal varies with inlet air temperature and is displayed by the scan tool as °C (°F) and Hertz (Hz) and the relative humidity is displayed in percent (%). The ECM supplies a regulated voltage to the signal circuit. The signal circuit is shared by the IAT sensor 2 and the humidity sensor. Ignition voltage and ground circuits are also supplied to the multifunction intake air sensor's internal circuits for these sensors:

image IAT sensor 2

image Humidity sensor image MAF sensor

The multifunction intake air sensor houses the following:

image IAT sensor 1

image IAT sensor 2

image Humidity sensor image MAF sensor

image BARO pressure sensor

IAT Sensor 1 - Temperature, Resistance, Voltage Table

IAT Sensor 1

IAT Sensor 1 Resistance

IAT Sensor 1 Signal Voltage

Cold

High

High

Warm

Low

Low

IAT Sensor 2 - Temperature, Frequency Table

IAT Sensor 2

IAT Sensor 2 Frequency

IAT Sensor 2 Temperature

Cold

45 Hz

-40°C (-40°F)

Warm

302 Hz

104°C (219°F)

Conditions for Running the DTC


image The ignition is ON.

image Ignition 1 voltage is at least 11 V.

image This DTC runs continuously within the enabling conditions.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


The ECM detects that the absolute difference between the IAT sensor 1 and the IAT sensor 2 temperatures is greater than 55°C (99°F) for longer than 5 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets DTC P2199 is a Type B DTC. Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC DTC P2199 is a Type B DTC. Diagnostic Aids

image With the ignition ON, the engine OFF, if the engine is cold, a properly functioning IAT sensor 2 will gradually increase the scan tool IAT Sensor 2 parameter. This is due to the heat that is generated by the multifunction intake air sensor heating elements.

image The humidity sensor and the IAT sensor 2 signals are sent to the ECM on the same circuit. If the IAT Sensor 2 parameter displays the values: 10 Hz; -40°C (-40°F), and there are Humidity Sensor DTCs, check for a circuit problem.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

Powertrain Component Views

Powertrain Component Views

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information Special Tools

EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) Special Tools (Repair Tools) .

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode

2. Verify that DTC P0097, P0098, P0099, P00F4, P00F5, P00F6, P0102, P0103, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3 or P06D2 is not set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle for further diagnosis.

image If none of the DTCs are set


NOTE: To minimize the effects of residual engine heat and sensor internal heating elements, perform Steps 3 and 4 of this verification procedure only if the ignition has been OFF for 8 hours or more.


3. Ignition ON.

4. Verify the following scan tool parameters are within 30°C (54°F) of each other. image Start-Up IAT Sensor 1

image IAT Sensor 2

image If not within 30°C (54°F)

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If within 30°C (54°F)

5. Vehicle ON, verify the following scan tool parameters are between: -38 and +149°C (-36 and

+300°F).

image IAT Sensor 1

image IAT Sensor 2

image If not between: -38 and +149°C (-36 and +300°F)

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If between: -38 and +149°C (-36 and +300°F)

6. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the freeze frame/failure records data.

7. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

8. All OK


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with Circuit/System Testing.


1. Check the integrity of the entire air induction system and verify that none of the following conditions exist:

image A restricted or collapsed air intake duct image An intake manifold leak

image A misaligned or damaged air intake duct

image Any water intrusion in the induction system

image If a condition exists

Repair or replace component as appropriate.

image If no condition exists

2. Vehicle OFF, and all vehicle systems OFF, it may take up to 2 min. for all vehicle systems to power down. Disconnect the harness connector at the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.

3. Test for less than 5 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 3 and ground.

image If 5 Ω or greater

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open or high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If less than 5 Ω

4. Vehicle OFF, all vehicle systems OFF, test for less than 5 Ω between the ground circuit terminal 7 and ground.

image If 5 Ω or greater

1. Vehicle OFF.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ground circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open or high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection.

image If less than 5 Ω

5. Vehicle in Service Mode.

6. Verify that a test lamp illuminates between the ignition circuit terminal 5 and ground.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, the fuse for the ignition voltage circuit, and disconnect all components on the circuit.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ignition voltage circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp and remove the fuse for the ignition voltage circuit.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the ignition voltage circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance, test all components connected to the ignition circuit, replace as necessary.

image If a test lamp illuminates

7. Vehicle in Service Mode.

8. Verify the scan tool Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 parameter is colder than -39°C (-38°F).

image If warmer than -39°C (-38°F).

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground. image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If colder than -39°C (-38°F).

9. Vehicle OFF, install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the IAT 1 signal circuit terminal 1 and the low reference circuit terminal 3, vehicle in Service Mode.

10. Verify the scan tool Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 parameter is warmer than 148°C (298°F).

image If colder than 148°C (298°F).

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the jumper wire, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground.

image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V

3. Vehicle OFF.

4. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If warmer than 148°C (298°F).

11. Vehicle in Service Mode.


NOTE: The intake air temperature sensor 2 signal circuit is pulled up with low current voltage within the controller. Normally, a voltage near B+ can be measured on the circuit with a DMM, but the current will not be high enough to illuminate a test lamp.


12. Verify the scan tool Intake Air Humidity Sensor parameter is less than 1%.

image If 1% or greater

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the IAT 2 signal circuit terminal 8 and ground. image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If less than 1%

13. Vehicle OFF, install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the IAT 2 signal circuit terminal 8 and the low reference circuit terminal 3, vehicle in Service Mode.

14. Verify the scan tool Intake Air Humidity Sensor parameter is greater than 99%.

image If 99% or less


NOTE: If the signal circuit is shorted to a voltage the engine control module or the sensor may be damaged.


1. Vehicle OFF, remove the jumper wire and disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the IAT 2 signal circuit terminal 8 and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V.

3. Vehicle OFF.

4. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If greater than 99%

15. Test or replace the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.


Component Testing

Multifunction Intake Air Sensor

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor.

2. Connect a DMM between the IAT sensor 1 signal terminal 1 and the low reference terminal 3


NOTE: A thermometer can be used to test the sensor off the vehicle.


3. Test the IAT sensor 1 by varying the sensor temperature while monitoring the sensor resistance. Compare the readings with the Temperature Versus Resistance - Intake Air Temperature Sensor (Hitachi sensor) table for Hitachi Sensors. The resistance values should be in range of the table values.

image If not within the specified range

Replace the B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor.

image If within the specified range

4. All OK.

Multifunction Intake Air Sensor

1. Test the IAT Sensor 2 by varying the sensor temperature while monitoring the air temperature with a thermometer. Compare the readings with the scan tool IAT Sensor 2 parameter. The values should be within 5%.

image If not within the specified range

Replace the B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor.

image If within the specified range

2. All OK.

Dynamic Testing


NOTE: In-correct diagnosis will result if Circuit/System Testing is not completed before performing the following test.


1. Perform the following test using a EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator or equivalent, if available.

2. Vehicle OFF, connect the leads of the EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator as follows:

1. Red lead to the signal circuit terminal 8 at the harness connector

2. Black leads to ground

3. Battery voltage supply lead to B+

3. Set the EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator to the following specifications. image Signal switch to 5 V

image Duty Cycle switch to 50% (Normal) image Frequency switch to 250 Hz

4. Vehicle in Service Mode.

5. Verify the scan tool IAT Sensor 2 parameters listed below are within the ranges listed below:

image IAT Sensor 2 is between 248 - 252 Hz


NOTE: Changing the frequency should cause a warmer or colder IAT 2 temperature.


image IAT Sensor 2 is between 70 - 76°C (160 - 166°F)


NOTE: Increasing or decreasing the duty cycle should have an inverse affect on humidity.


image Intake Air Humidity Sensor is between 48 - 52%

image If a parameter is not within the specified range

Replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If all the parameters are within the specified range

6. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Refer to Mass Airflow Sensor Replacement for multifunction intake air sensor replacement

image Refer to Control Module References for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup.

DTC P219A: FUEL TRIM CYLINDER BALANCE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptor


DTC P219A

Fuel Trim Cylinder Balance

Circuit/System Description


The Fuel Trim Cylinder Balance diagnostic detects a rich or lean cylinder to cylinder air/fuel ratio imbalance. The diagnostic monitors the pre-catalyst heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) signal's frequency and amplitude characteristics by calculating an accumulated voltage over a predetermined sample period. An imbalance is indicated when multiple samples of the accumulated voltage are consistently higher than the desired value.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTCs P0016, P0017, P0030, P0036, P0053, P0054, P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0019, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0131-P0135, P0137, P0138, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P0140, P0141, P0171, P0172, P0201-P0204, P0222, P0223, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265,

P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271, P0300, P0301-P0304, P0340, P0341, P0365, P0366, P0411, P0442, P0455, P0458, P0496, P111E, P1133, P1248, P1249, P124A, P124B, P16A0, P16A1, P16A2, P16F3, P2101, P2135, P2147, P2148, P2150, P2151, P2153, P2154, P2156, P2157, P2270, P2271, P2440, P2444 or

P2A00 are not set.

image The evaporative emission system device control and intrusive diagnostics are not active. image The engine overspeed protection is not active.

image The engine is in closed loop status.

image The system voltage is greater than 11 V.

image The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is warmer than -20°C (-4°F). image The engine speed is between 1,200 - 4,000 RPM.

image The mass air flow is between 0 - 100 g/s.

image The secondary air injection pump (if equipped) is not ON.

image The Exhaust Camshaft Position and Intake Camshaft Position are between 0 - 35 degrees. image Engine run time is greater than 30 s.

image Fuel level is greater than 10% and no fuel level sensor fault is present. image The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions have been met.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


Multiple samples of the pre-catalyst HO2S accumulated voltage are consistently greater than the desired value.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets DTC P219A is a Type A DTC. Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC DTC P219A is a Type A DTC. Diagnostic Aids

image The fuel trim cylinder balance diagnostic is very sensitive to heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) design. A non-OE sensor or an incorrect part number may cause a DTC to set.

image Monitoring the misfire current counters, or misfire graph, may help to isolate the cylinder that is causing the condition.

image Certain aftermarket air filters may cause a DTC to set.

image Certain aftermarket air induction systems or modifications to the air induction system may cause a DTC to set.

image Certain aftermarket exhaust system components may cause a DTC to set.


Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Component View Reference

Powertrain Component Views

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

image Connector Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify no other DTCs are set.

image If any other DTCs are set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle for further diagnosis.

image If no other DTCs are set

3. Verify DTC P219A is not set.

image If the DTC is set

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC is not set

4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed in the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

5. Verify DTC P219A is not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

6. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing

1. Engine running, transmission in Park or Neutral.

2. Verify the manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor parameter is between 20 - 48 kPa.

image If not within the specified range .

Refer to DTC P0106 .

image If within the specified range

3. Inspect for the conditions listed below:

image Modified, damaged, leaking, or restricted air induction system components.

image Improperly operating crankcase ventilation system. Refer to Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis .

image Split, kinked, or improperly connected vacuum hoses.

image Restricted, damaged, leaking, or modified exhaust system from the catalytic converter forward.

Refer to Symptoms - Engine Exhaust .

image Improperly operating fuel injectors. Refer to Fuel Injector Diagnosis .

image Fuel contamination. Refer to Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis .

image Excessive fuel in the crankcase due to leaking injectors. Change engine oil as necessary. image Improperly operating ignition system. Refer to Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis . image If a condition is found

Repair as necessary.

image If no condition is found

Test the engine for any mechanical conditions such as sticking valves, lifters, etc., which could alter the flow into the combustion chamber. Refer to Symptoms - Engine Mechanical .

Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair. Perform the scan tool Fuel Trim Reset after completing the repair.

DTC P2227-P2230: BAROMETRIC PRESSURE (BARO) SENSOR

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check prior to using this diagnostic procedure: Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle

image Review the description of Strategy Based Diagnosis: Strategy Based Diagnosis

image An overview of each diagnostic category can be found here: Diagnostic Procedure Instructions


DTC Descriptor


NOTE: This procedure may also diagnose malfunctions that are not detected by a DTC.


DTC P2227

Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Performance

DTC P2228

Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P2229

Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit High Voltage

DTC P2230

Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit Erratic

Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance


5 V Reference

P00C7, P057C, P0651, P2227, P2228, P25BA


P2227, P2228

P0651, P2227, P2229


P2227

Signal

P2227, P2228

P2227, P2229

P2227, P2229

P2227


Low Reference


-

P0113, P0118, P0119, P040D, P040E, P041D, P041E, P2199, P2227, P2229


-


P2227

Typical Scan Tool Data


BARO

Circuit

Short to Ground

Open

Short to Voltage

Operating Conditions: Ignition - On/Vehicle - In Service Mode & Engine - Off

Parameter Normal Range: 56 to 105 kPa (8.1 to 15.2 PSI)

5 V Reference

0 kPa (0 PSI)

0 kPa (0 PSI)

127 kPa (18.4 PSI)

Signal

0 kPa (0 PSI)

127 kPa (18.4 PSI)

127 kPa (18.4 PSI)

Low Reference

-

127 kPa (18.4 PSI)

-

Circuit/System Description


Circuit

Description

5 V Reference

Regulated voltage supplied by the control module.

Signal

The control module input circuit has an internal resistance connected to 5 V.

Low Reference

Grounded through the control module.


Component

Description

B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor

The assembly has several functions:

Component

Description


image The mass air flow sensor is a hot film type sensor that measures the mass of air (not the volume) entering the engine. The signal varies with engine load and is displayed by the scan tool in Hertz (Hz) and grams per second (g/s).

image The intake air humidity sensor uses the same signal circuit as the intake air temperature sensor 2. The intake air humidity sensor modulates the pulse width of the signal. The intake air temperature sensor 2 modulates the frequency of the signal. That means the signal is both, PWM and FM modulated.

image The barometric pressure sensor generates an analog voltage that is proportional to the ambient air pressure.

image The intake air temperature sensor 1 varies its resistance depending on the temperature.

image Low temperature produces a high resistance: 5.6 kohms @ 0°C (32°F)

image High temperature produces a low resistance: 187 ohms @ 100°C (212°F)


K20 Engine Control Module

The control module controls a series of actuators to ensure optimal engine performance. The control module does this by reading values from a variety of sensors, interprets the data and adjusts the engine actuators accordingly.


Component

Description

B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor

The barometric pressure sensor generates an analog voltage that is proportional to the ambient air pressure.


K20 Engine Control Module

The control module controls a series of actuators to ensure optimal engine performance. The control module does this by reading values from a variety of sensors, interprets the data and adjusts the engine actuators accordingly.

The barometric pressure sensor is integrated into the multifunction intake air sensor.

Conditions for Running the DTC


P2227 Condition 1

image DTC P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0117, P0118, P0119, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P1516, P2101, P2135, P2228, P2229 = Not set

image Engine Running = For greater than 30 s

Condition 2

image DTC P0106, P0107, P0108, P2228, P2229, P2230, P2610 = Not set

image Ignition = On

image Engine Off = For greater than 6 min

DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

P2228, P2229

Engine Running = For greater than 30 s

DTC runs continuously when the above condition is met.

P2230

image DTC P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0117, P0118, P0119, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P1516, P2101, P2135, P2228, P2229 = Not set

image Ignition = On

DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


P2227 Condition 1

BARO & Calculated BARO = Not within 15 kPa (2.2 PSI) of each other.

Condition 2

BARO & Calculated BARO = Not within 20 kPa (3.0 PSI) of each other.

P2228

BARO = Less than 2 V - For greater than 5 s

P2229

BARO = Greater than 4.5 V - For greater than 5 s

P2230

BARO = Signal noisy or erratic - For greater than 5 s

Actions Taken When the DTC Sets


DTCs P2227, P2228, P2229, P2230 are Type B DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTCs P2227, P2228, P2229, P2230 are Type B DTCs.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Component View Reference

Disassembled Views

Description and Operation

Engine Control Module Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify DTC P0106, P0107, P0108, P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3 is not set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to: Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle

image If none of the DTCs are set

3. Determine the current vehicle testing altitude.

4. Verify the scan tool parameter: MAP Sensor = The value should be within the range listed in the table:

Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure image If not in the specified range

Refer to: DTC P0106

image If in the specified range

5. Verify the scan tool parameter: BARO = The value should be within the range listed in the table: Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure

image If not in the specified range

Refer to: Circuit/System Testing

image If in the specified range

6. Verify the scan tool parameter: BARO = The value should not spike or drop out.

Perform the action while monitoring the parameter:

image Wiggle the harness and connector: B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor image Wiggle the harness and connector: K20 Engine Control Module

image If the value spikes or drops out

Repair as necessary - Wiring / Terminal(s) / Electrical Connector(s)

image If the value does not spike or drop out

7. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

8. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to: Circuit/System Testing

image If the DTC is not set

9. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down before an accurate ground or low reference circuit continuity test can be performed.


1. Vehicle Off and all vehicle systems Off.

2. Disconnect the electrical connector: B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor

3. Test for less than 10 ohms between the test points: Low Reference circuit terminal 3 & Ground

image If 10 ohms or greater

1. Disconnect the electrical connector: K20 Engine Control Module

2. Test for less than 2 ohms between the test points: Low Reference circuit terminal 3 @ Component harness & Terminal 43 X2 @ Control module harness

image If 2 ohms or greater - Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 ohms - Replace the component: K20 Engine Control Module

image If less than 10 ohms

4. Vehicle in Service Mode.

5. Test for 4.8 to 5.2 V between the test points: 5 V Reference circuit terminal 2 & Low Reference circuit terminal 3

image If less than 4.8 V

1. Vehicle Off.

2. Disconnect the electrical connector: K20 Engine Control Module

3. Test for infinite resistance between the test points: 5 V Reference circuit terminal 2 @ Component harness & Ground

image If less than infinite resistance - Repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance

4. Test for less than 2 ohms between the test points: 5 V Reference circuit terminal 2 @ Component harness & Terminal 14 X3 @ Control module harness

image If 2 ohms or greater - Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 ohms - Replace the component: K20 Engine Control Module

image If greater than 5.2 V

1. Vehicle Off.

2. Disconnect the electrical connector: K20 Engine Control Module

3. Vehicle in Service Mode.

4. Test for less than 1 V between the test points: 5 V Reference circuit terminal 2 @ Component harness & Ground

image If 1 V or greater - Repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V - Replace the component: K20 Engine Control Module

image If between 4.8 and 5.2 V

6. Verify the scan tool parameter: BARO = Greater than 4.7 V

image If 4.7 V or less

1. Vehicle Off.

2. Disconnect the electrical connector: K20 Engine Control Module

3. Test for infinite resistance between the test points: Signal circuit terminal 4 @ Component harness & Ground

image If less than infinite resistance - Repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance - Replace the component: K20 Engine Control Module

image If greater than 4.7 V

7. Connect a 3 A fused jumper wire between the test points: Signal circuit terminal 4 & Low Reference circuit terminal 3

8. Verify the scan tool parameter: BARO = Less than 0.2 V

image If 0.2 V or greater

1. Vehicle Off, remove jumper wire.

2. Disconnect the electrical connector: K20 Engine Control Module

3. Vehicle in Service Mode.

4. Test for less than 1 V between the test points: Signal circuit terminal 4 @ Component harness & Ground

image If 1 V or greater - Repair the short to voltage on the circuit. image If less than 1 V

5. Vehicle Off.

6. Test for less than 2 ohms between the test points: Signal circuit terminal 4 @ Component harness & Terminal 46 X3 @ Control module harness

image If 2 ohms or greater - Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 ohms - Replace the component: K20 Engine Control Module

image If less than 0.2 V

9. Test or replace the component: B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair: Diagnostic Repair Verification

image Refer to Mass Airflow Sensor Replacement - B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor

image For control module replacement, programming, and setup refer to: Control Module References

DTC P2400-P2402: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P2400

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Detection Pump Control Circuit

DTC P2401

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Detection Pump Control Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P2402

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Detection Pump Control Circuit High Voltage

Diagnostic Fault Information


Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

B+

P2400, P2419

P2400, P2418

-

Control

P2401

P2400

P2402

Circuit/System Description


The evaporative emission (EVAP) system uses an EVAP leak detection pump to test for system leaks. The EVAP leak detection pump assembly consists of the following components:

image EVAP leak detection pump with reference orifice image EVAP leak detection pump switching valve

image EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor

The ECM commands the EVAP leak detection pump control circuit through an internal switch called a driver. The ECM monitors the commanded and actual status of the driver. If the ECM detects they do not match a DTC sets.

Conditions for Running the DTC


P2400, P2401

image Voltage low during driver OFF state

image The DTC's run continuously when the above conditions are met

P2402

image Voltage high during driver ON state

image The DTC's run continuously when the above conditions are met


Conditions for Setting the DTC


The ECM detects that the commanded state of the driver and the actual state of the control circuit do not match for a minimum of 0.25 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTCs P2400, P2401 and P2402 are Type B DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTCs P2400, P2401 and P2402 are Type B DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids


image The EVAP leak detection pump is very quiet. You might feel it running rather than hear it. image The devices have to be in their commanded state.

image Where multiple DTCs set look for a common root cause like battery feeds, grounds, splices, etc.


Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Powertrain Component View

Powertrain Component Views

Description and Operation

image Evaporative Emission Control System Description image Hybrid Modes of Operation Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


NOTE: This EVAP leak detection pump is very quiet. You might feel it running rather than hear it.


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify the parameters listed below do not display Malfunction when commanding EVAP Leak Detection Pump ON and OFF with a scan tool.

image EVAP Leak Detection Pump Output Circuit High Voltage Test Status image EVAP Leak Detection Pump Output Circuit Open Test Status

image EVAP Leak Detection Pump Output Circuit Low Voltage Test Status

image If Malfunction is displayed

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

4. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

5. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Q63 Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection

Pump Assembly.

2. Vehicle in Service Mode,

3. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the B+ circuit terminal 3 and ground.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the B+ circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the B+ circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance, test all components connected to the B+ voltage circuit for a short and replace as necessary.

image If the test lamp illuminates

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate

4. Remove the test lamp.

5. Verify the EVAP Leak Detection Pump Output Circuit High Voltage Test Status is OK when commanding the EVAP Leak Detection Pump ON and OFF with a scan tool.

image If OK is not displayed

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground.

image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If OK is displayed

6. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the control circuit terminal 4 and the B+ circuit terminal 3.

7. Verify the EVAP Leak Detection Pump Output Circuit High Voltage Test Status parameter displays Malfunction when commanding the EVAP Leak Detection Pump ON with a scan tool.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the jumper wire, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the control circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If Malfunction is displayed

8. Test or replace the Q63 Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Assembly.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Refer to Evaporative Emission System Vacuum Leak Detection Pump Replacement

image Refer to Control Module References for ECM replacement, programming and setup.

DTC P2418-P2420: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP SWITCHING VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P2418

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Detection Pump Switching Valve Control Circuit

DTC P2419

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Detection Pump Switching Valve Control Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P2420

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Detection Pump Switching Valve Control Circuit High Voltage

Diagnostic Fault Information


Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

B+

P2400, P2419

P2400, P2418

-

Control

P2419

P2418

P2420

Circuit/System Description


The evaporative emission (EVAP) system uses an EVAP Leak Detection Pump to test for system leaks. The EVAP Leak Detection Pump assembly consists of the following components:

image EVAP Leak Detection Pump with reference orifice image EVAP Leak Detection Pump pressure sensor

image EVAP Leak Detection Pump switching valve

The engine control module (ECM) commands the EVAP leak detection pump switching valve to vent or not venting, pumping, position by a switch called a driver. The ECM monitors the commanded state of the driver and the actual state of the control circuit. If they do not match it sets a DTC. The switching valve is located inside the EVAP leak detection pump and is non-serviceable.

Conditions for Running the DTC


The DTCs P2418, P2419 and P2420 run continuously when the above conditions are met.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


The ECM detects that the commanded state of the driver and the actual state of the control circuit do not match for a minimum of 5 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTCs P2418, P2419 and P2420 are Type B DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTCs P2418, P2419 and P2420 are Type B DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids


image Where multiple DTCs set look for a common root cause like battery feeds, grounds, splices, etc.

image Indeterminate state will display if the device is not in a commanded state. This is not to be considered a failure. Use the scan tool to exercise the device.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Powertrain Component View

Powertrain Component Views

Description and Operation

Evaporative Emission Control System Description

Hybrid Modes of Operation Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify the parameters listed below do not display Malfunction when commanding the EVAP Leak Detection Pump Switching Valve On and Off with a scan tool.

image EVAP Leak Detection Pump Switching Valve Output Circuit High Voltage Test Status image EVAP Leak Detection Pump Switching Valve Output Circuit Open Test Status

image EVAP Leak Detection Pump Switching Valve Output Circuit Low Voltage Test Status

image If Malfunction is displayed

Refer to Circuit/System Testing

image If Malfunction is not displayed

3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

4. Verify the DTCs do not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

5. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Q63 Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Assembly, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify that a test lamp illuminates between the B+ circuit terminal 5 and ground.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the B+ circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the B+ circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance, test all components connected to this voltage circuit for a short and replace as necessary.

image If the test lamp illuminates

3. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the B+ circuit terminal 5 and the control circuit terminal 1.

image If the test lamp illuminates

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate

4. Remove the test lamp.

5. Verify the scan tool EVAP Leak Detection Pump Switching Valve Output Circuit High Voltage Test Status parameter displays OK when commanding the EVAP Leak Detection Pump Switching Valve On with a scan tool.

image If OK is not displayed

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle ON.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground.

image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit. image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If OK is displayed

6. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the control circuit terminal 1 and the B+ circuit terminal 5.

7. Verify the scan tool EVAP Leak Detection Pump Switching Valve Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status parameter is Malfunction when commanding the EVAP Leak Detection Pump Switching Valve On with a scan tool.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the jumper wire, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the control circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If Malfunction is displayed

8. Test or replace the Q63 Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Assembly.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Refer to Evaporative Emission System Vacuum Leak Detection Pump Replacement

image Refer to Control Module References for ECM replacement, programming and setup.

DTC P2422: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) VENT SOLENOID VALVE STUCK CLOSED

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P2422

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Vent Solenoid Valve Stuck Closed

Circuit/System Description


The EVAP vent solenoid valve controls fresh airflow into the EVAP canister. Battery voltage is supplied to the normally closed evaporative emission (EVAP) vent solenoid valve. The ECM commands the solenoid valve open (venting) or closed (not venting) by grounding the EVAP vent solenoid valve output circuit through an internal switch called a driver. The ECM monitors the EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor, gauge, to determine if a EVAP system pressure (vacuum) is near or above the reference pressure (vacuum) after a calibrated period of time. The ECM uses this reference to determine if the valve is stuck and sets the DTC when the vacuum exceeds a calibrated threshold.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTCs P043E, P043, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0119, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P012B, P012C, P012D, P145C, P145D, P145E, P0222, P0223, P0449, P0451 P0452, P0453, P0461, P0462, P0463, P0498, P0499, P0502, P0503, P06E4, P0722, P0723, P1221, P1458, P1459, P145A, P2066, P2067, P2068, P2400, P2401, P2402, P2418, P2419, P2420, P2421, P2422, P2450, P2537, P2610, U0073, U0074, U0140, U182D is not set.

image The EVAP purge valve is closed

image The EVAP vent solenoid transitions from closed to open to closed

image The EVAP leak detection pump switching valve in not venting, pump position image The EVAP leak detection pump is ON

image The odometer greater than 15.9 km (9.9 mi)

image The barometric pressure (BARO) is between 70 - 110 kPa (10 - 16 PSI) image The fuel level is between 10 - 90%

image The engine coolant temperature less than 40°C (104°F)

image The intake air temperature is between 4 - 45°C (39 - 113°F) image The system voltage greater than 10 V

image The vehicle speed less than 4.8 km/h (3 MPH) image There is no key up during test

image The refueling request button is not pressed

image The service bay test is not active image The device control exceeds 0.5 s

image There are three possible time windows for this test to run. Up to that point and through this time period the propulsion system must not be active. These time windows are: 6.0, 8.0 or 11.0 hours.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


Sufficient pressure or vacuum exist in the fuel tank system.

image The fuel tank pressure sensor indicates a pressure greater than 0.697 kPa (0.1 PSI) or a vacuum less than

-0.697 kPa (-0.1 PSI) and the vent solenoid is commanded OPEN.

image The change in the fuel tank pressure sensor reading is less than 1 kPa (0.15 PSI) after 10 s.

Or

image No pressure or vacuum exists in the fuel tank system

image The fuel tank pressure sensor indicates a pressure less than 0.697 kPa (0.1 PSI) or a vacuum greater than

-0.697 kPa (-0.1 PSI) and the vent solenoid is commanded OPEN image The EVAP leak detection pump is commanded ON

image The 0.020" reference orifice vacuum measurement minus the EVAP leak detection pump sensor, gauge, vacuum reading is less than 0.3 kPa (0.04 PSI) after 5 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets DTC P2422 is a Type B DTCs. Conditions for Clearing the DTC DTC P2422 is a Type B DTCs. Diagnostic Aids

image A P0451 or P0497 can set with the Vehicle ON, the engine running and a stuck valve. image A P0451 or P2422 can set with the Vehicle in Service Mode and a stuck valve.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Powertrain Component View

Powertrain Component Views

Description and Operation

image Evaporative Emission Control System Description image Hybrid Modes of Operation Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information Special Tools

image CH 41415-30 Fuel Tank Cap Adapter

image GE 41413-A Evaporative Emissions System Tester

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) Special Tools (Repair Tools) .

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify DTC P0449, P0498, or P0499 is not set

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to DTC P0449, P0498, or P0499.

image If none of the DTCs are set

3. Verify the parameters listed below do not display Malfunction when commanding the EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve On and Off with a scan tool.

image EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve Output Circuit High Voltage Test Status image EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve Output Circuit Open Test Status

image EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve Output Circuit Low Voltage Test Status

image If Malfunction is displayed

Refer to Circuit/System Testing

image If Malfunction is not displayed

4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

5. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

6. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: Perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with the Circuit/System Testing.


1. Verify a blockage or restriction does not exist in the EVAP system components listed below. image Evaporative Emission Vent System Hoses

image Evaporative Emission Canister

image Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve image Evaporative Emission Vent Filter

image If a condition exists

Repair or replace the component as necessary

image If none of the conditions exist

2. Reconnect all previously disconnected EVAP hardware.


NOTE: Refer to the GE 41413-A operation manual for detailed instructions in Evaporative Emission Control System Diagnosis.


3. Remove the fuel fill cap and connect the CH 41415-30 to the fuel tank filler neck. Connect the GE 41413-A to the CH 41415-30 .

4. Command the EVAP Test function with a scan tool to seal the EVAP system.

5. Turn the nitrogen/smoke valve on the GE 41413-A to nitrogen.


NOTE: DO NOT exceed the specified value in this step. Exceeding the specified value may produce incorrect test results.


6. Use the remote switch to activate the GE 41413-A and pressurize the fuel tank to 5.0 in H2O (1.24 kPa).

7. Verify the scan tool Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor parameter is 0 in H2O (0 kPa) when commanding the EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve to ON.

image If not 0 in H2O

Test for a blockage or a restriction in the EVAP vent hose or inlet. If the inlet or hose test normal, replace the Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve.

image If 0 in H2O

8. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to step 1 above.

image If the DTC does not set

9. All OK.


Component Testing


1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve.

2. Test for 25.0-30.0 Ω between the control terminal 1 and the B+ voltage terminal 2.

image If not within the specified range

Replace the Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve

image If within the specified range

3. Verify there is no air flow through the Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve by applying vacuum to the pump side of the valve. It should hold 1-2 in. Hg (3-7 kPa) for 30 s.

image If not within the specified range

Replace the Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve

image If within the specified range

4. Reconnect the harness connector at the Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve.

5. Command the Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve ON with a scan tool.

6. Apply vacuum to the pump side of the valve. It should not hold vacuum

image If not within the specified range

Replace the Q13 Evaporative Emission Vent Solenoid Valve

image If within the specified range

7. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Refer to Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement

image Refer to Control Module References for ECM replacement, setup, and programming

DTC P2450: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP SWITCHING VALVE PERFORMANCE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.

DTC Descriptors


DTC P2450

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Detection Pump Switching Valve Performance

Circuit/System Description


The evaporative emission (EVAP) system uses a EVAP leak detection pump to test for system leaks. The EVAP leak detection pump assembly consists of the following components:

image EVAP leak detection pump with reference orifice image EVAP leak detection pump switching valve

image EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor

When the EVAP leak detection vacuum pump is ON, and the EVAP leak detection pump switching valve transitions from vent to not venting, pump, position, there should be an initial vacuum drop followed by a vacuum increase on a good system. The diagnostic looks for a difference relative to the reference vacuum, either an increase or decrease. No vacuum change indicates a problem with the EVAP leak detection pump switching valve and a P2450 is set. The switching valve is integral to the EVAP leak detection pump assembly and is non serviceable.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTCs P043E, P043F, P0451, P1458, P145C, P145D, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0119, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P012B, P012C, P012D, P0222, P0223, P0449, P0452, P0453, P0461, P0462, P0463, P0498, P0499, P0502, P0503, P06E4, P0722, P0723, P1221, P1459, P145A, P2066, P2067, P2068, P2400, P2401, P2402, P2418, P2419, P2420, P2537, P2610, U0073, U0074, U0140, U182D and P2422 is not set.

image The purge solenoid valve is closed. image The vent solenoid valve is closed. image The vehicle is OFF.

image The refueling request button pressed. image A service bay test is not active.

image The EVAP leak detection pump switching valve transitions from vent to not venting, pump position. image The EVAP leak detection vacuum pump is ON.

image The odometer greater than 16 km (10 mi).

image The barometric pressure (BARO) is between 70 - 110 kPa (10 - 16 PSI). image The fuel level is between 10 - 90%.

image The engine coolant temperature is less than 40°C (104°F).

image The intake air temperature is between 4 - 45°C (39 - 113°F). image The system voltage is greater than 10 V.

image The vehicle speed less than 4.8 km/h (3 MPH).

image There are three possible time windows for this test to run. Up to that point, and through this time period, the propulsion system must not be active. These time windows are: 5.0, 8.0 or 11.0 h.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


The EVAP leak detection pump is commanded ON, and the EVAP leak detection pump switching valve transitions from vent to not venting, pump, position. If all conditions are not met after 5 s, then the EVAP leak detection pump switching value is stuck and the P2450 sets.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets DTC P2450 is a Type B DTC. Conditions for Clearing the DTC DTC P2450 is a Type B DTC. Reference Information Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Powertrain Component View

Powertrain Component Views

Description and Operation

image Evaporative Emission Control System Description image Hybrid Modes of Operation Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify the scan tool EVAP Leak Detection Pump Switching Valve parameter does not display Malfunction when commanded to Venting or Not Venting.

image If Malfunction is displayed

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

4. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

5. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: Ensure that the vehicle underbody temperature is similar to the ambient temperature and allow the surrounding air to stabilize before starting the diagnostic procedure.


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify the following scan tool parameters when commanding the EVAP Test ON. image The EVAP Leak Detection Pump Command should show ON.

image The EVAP Leak Detection Pump Switching Valve Command should change from Venting to Not Venting.

image If not within specified range

Replace the Q63 Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Assembly

image If within specified range

3. Verify and record the EVAP leak detection pump pressure and fuel tank pressure. Both pressures should drop

image If status changes, but no pressure drop

4. Remove the vent pipe and the fresh air pipe from the EVAP leak detection pump assembly

5. Verify the pump openings for any of the conditions listed below

image The EVAP leak detection pump to the vent solenoid tube and clamps for damage or restriction image Missing or damaged EVAP leak detection pump O-rings

image The fresh air tube near the fuel fill pocket for a restriction image The fresh air tube for a restriction

Repair or replace any of the above components.

image If all components test normal

Replace the Q63 Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Assembly.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Refer to Evaporative Emission System Vacuum Leak Detection Pump Replacement

image Refer to Control Module References for ECM replacement, programming and setup.

DTC P2457: EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) COOLER LOW EFFICIENCY

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptor


DTC P2457

Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Cooler Low Efficiency

Circuit/System Description


The exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) cooler has internal coolant passages and metal fins between the passages to help carry away excessive exhaust gas heat. Engine coolant flowing through the EGR cooler helps cool the exhaust gases flowing to the EGR valve. The EGR cooler must remain within a specific temperature range to efficiently reduce emissions. The engine control module (ECM) determines the efficiency of the EGR cooler by monitoring both EGR temperature sensors while the EGR valve is active.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTC P0117, P0118, P011B, P01F0, P0128, P0403, P040C, P040D, P040F, P041C, P041D, P046C, P245A, P245B, P245C, P24A5, or P2228 is not set.

image Battery voltage is greater than 11 V.

image Engine speed is between 1,000 - 4,000 RPM.

image Ambient temperature is greater than -7°C (19°F).

image Up stream exhaust gas temperature is between 200 - 370°C (392 - 698°F). image Barometric pressure (BARO) is greater than 70 kPa (10 psi).

image DTC P2457 runs continuously when the above conditions are met for at least 80 s.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


The ECM detects that the ratio of the downstream EGR cooler temperature and the upstream EGR cooler temperature is not within a calibrated range.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets

DTC P2457 is a Type B DTC. Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC DTC P2457 is a Type B DTC. Reference Information

Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify only DTC P2457 is set.

image If any other DTCs are set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

image If no other DTCs are set

3. Verify none of the conditions listed below exist: image Low engine coolant level.

image Damaged, restricted, or leaking radiator, coolant pipes or hoses. image Contaminated engine coolant.

image Damaged, restricted or leaking EGR cooler or cooler pipes/hoses.

image If any of the conditions exist

Repair or replace the component as necessary.

image If none of the conditions exist

4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

5. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

6. Clean or replace the EGR cooler.

image If the DTC does not set

7. All OK


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Refer to Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve Replacement

image Refer to Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler Replacement

DTC P24B9-P24BB: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM LEAK DETECTION PUMP PRESSURE SENSOR

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptors


DTC P24B9

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Detection Pump Pressure Sensor Performance

DTC P24BA

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Detection Pump Pressure Sensor Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P24BB

Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Detection Pump Pressure Sensor Circuit High Voltage

Circuit/System Description


The evaporative emission (EVAP) system uses a EVAP leak detection pump to test for system leaks. The EVAP leak detection pump assembly consists of three main components:

image EVAP leak detection pump with reference orifice image EVAP leak detection pump switching valve

image EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor

The EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor performs a correlation to barometric pressure (BARO). After a short delay period, the EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor, absolute, reading is compared to the BARO. Large deviations will increment the fail counter threshold and sets a P24B9.

There are two different threshold calibrations used in the comparison to the BARO. A smaller threshold is used

when there has been a recent BARO update and then a larger threshold value is used when there has not been a recent BARO update.

Conditions for Running the DTC


P24B9 - Condition 1:

image DTCs P043E, P043F, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0119, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P24BB, P145C, P145D, P145E, P145F, P012B, P012C, P012D, P0222, P0223, P0443, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0458, P0459, P0461, P0462, P0463, P0498, P0499, P0502, P0503, P06E4, P0722, P0723, P1221, P24B9, P24BA, P2066, P2067, P2068, P2400, P2401, P2402, P2418, P2419, P2420, P2421, P2422, P2450, P2537, P2610, U0073,

U0074, U0140, U182D is not set.

image The barometric pressure (BARO) is between than 70 - 110 kPa (10 - 16 PSI). image The fuel level is between 10 - 90%.

image The propulsion system is not active.

image The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is less than 40°C (104°F). image The intake air temperature (IAT) is between 4 - 45°C (39 - 113°F). image The battery voltage is greater than 10 V.

image Vehicle speed is less than 1.6 km/h (1 MPH). image No Vehicle ON during this test.

image No refueling request button is pressed. image A service bay test is not active.

image The device control exceeds 0.5 s

image There are three possible time windows for this test to run. Up to that point and through this time period the propulsion system must not be active. These time windows are: 5.0, 7.0 or 9.5 h.

P24B9 - Condition 2:

image DTCs P0068, P0071, P0072, P0073, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P010C, P010D, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0121, P0122, P0123, P012B, P012C, P012D, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0449, P0452, P0453, P0455, P0458, P0459, P0498, P0499, P0502, P0503, P0606, P0722, P0723, P16F3, P1104, P1221, P24B9, P24BA, P24BB, P145D, P145E, P2100, P2101, P2102, P2103, P2400, P2401, P2402, P2418, P2419, P2420, P2422, P2450 is not set.

image The barometric pressure (BARO) is between 70 - 110 kPa (10 - 16 PSI). image The outside air temperature is between 4 - 35°C (39 - 102°F).

image The propulsion system is active and the engine is running. image The system voltage is greater than 11 V.

image The purge is not enabled.

image A refueling request button is not pressed. image The device control exceeds 0.5 s.

image The fuel tank pressure sensor performance diagnostic P0451 is running. image The EVAP system no purge flow diagnostic P0497 is running.

P24BA and P24BB

Runs any time the engine control module (ECM) is awake and the propulsion system is active or not active.

Conditions for Setting the DTC


P24B9

image When the propulsion system is not active - If the difference between the EVAP system leak detection pump pressure sensor, absolute reading and the BARO value is 3 kPa (0.44 PSI) for 14 s.

image When the propulsion system is active, and after a stabilization time of 10 s - When a recent BARO update has occurred within the last 0.1 km (0.06 mi), if the difference between the EVAP system leak detection pump pressure sensor, absolute, reading and the BARO value from the MAP sensor is 15 kPa (2.17 PSI).

image When a recent BARO update has not occurred within the last 0.1 km (0.06 mi) - If the difference between the EVAP system leak detection pump pressure sensor, absolute, reading and the BARO value from the MAP sensor is 20 kPa (2.9 PSI).

P24BA

The ECM detects that the EVAP system leak detection pump pressure sensor signal is less than 0.7 V for greater than 8 s.

P24BB

The ECM detects that the EVAP system leak detection pump pressure sensor signal is greater than 4.85 V for greater than 8 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets


DTCs P24B9, P24BA and P24BB are Type B DTCs.

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTCs P24B9, P24BA and P24BB are Type B DTCs.

Diagnostic Aids


image A normal BARO reading of the vehicle's geographic location will help to determine if a BARO sensor is significantly off its reading.

image The diagnostic does not run when purge is enabled because it can influence the EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor reading if there is any restriction in the fresh air plumbing.

image Test for a plugged 5 micron in-line vent filter between the EVAP system leak detection pump and the fuel fill neck.

image This diagnostic is disabled when P0451 or P0497 is currently running.


Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Powertrain Component View

Powertrain Component Views

Description and Operation

image Evaporative Emission Control System Description image Hybrid Modes of Operation Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification

1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify the BARO reading against the EVAP leak detection pump sensor reading with a scan tool. Compare this to the Altitude vs. Barometric Pressure Table referenced here Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure

image A variance of greater than 3 kPa (0.44 PSI)

Indicates a skewed BARO or EVAP leak detection pump sensor. Refer to: DTC P2227-P2230

image A variance of less than 3 kPa (0.44 PSI)

3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

4. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

5. All OK.

Circuit/System Testing

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector Q63 Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Assembly.


NOTE: Test steps 2 - 6 are performed on the ECM side of the harness connector.


2. Vehicle OFF, all systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Q63 Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Assembly.

3. Test for less than 5 Ω of resistance between the low reference circuit terminal 8 and ground.

image If 5 Ω or greater

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If less than 5 Ω

4. Vehicle in Service Mode.

5. Test for 4.8 - 5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 6 and ground.

image If less than 4.8 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the 5 V reference circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit. image If infinite resistance

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the 5 V reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If greater than 5.2 V

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the 5 V reference circuit and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If between 4.8 - 5.2 V

6. Verify the scan tool EVAP Leak Detection Pump Pressure parameter is less than 0.2 V.

image If 0.2 V or greater

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, Vehicle in Service Mode

2. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 7 and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If less than 0.2 V

7. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 7 and the 5 V reference circuit terminal 6.

8. Verify the scan tool EVAP Leak Detection Pump Pressure parameter is greater than 4.7 V.

image If 4.7 V or less

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 7 and ground. image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit image If infinite resistance

3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If greater than 4.7 V

9. Remove the EVAP assembly.

10. Verify none of the conditions listed below exist:

image Poor connections at the X350 or X351 harness connectors image Open or shorted 5 V reference circuit

image Open or shorted sensor signal circuit image Open low reference circuit

image If a condition exists

Repair as necessary.

image If no conditions exist

11. Test or replace the Q63 Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Assembly.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Refer to Evaporative Emission System Vacuum Leak Detection Pump Replacement

image Refer to Control Module References for ECM replacement, programming and setup.

DTC P2618: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SIGNAL OUTPUT CIRCUIT LOW/HIGH VOLTAGE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check prior to using this diagnostic procedure: Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle

image Review the description of Strategy Based Diagnosis: Strategy Based Diagnosis

image An overview of each diagnostic category can be found here: Diagnostic Procedure Instructions


DTC Descriptor


DTC P2618

Crankshaft Position Signal Output Circuit Low Voltage

DTC P2619

Crankshaft Position Signal Output Circuit High Voltage

Conditions for Running the DTC


image Ignition Voltage = Greater than 11 V image Ignition = On

image Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit = Active

Frequency the DTC runs = Continuously - After the running conditions are met

Conditions for Setting the DTC


P2618

Crankshaft Position Signal Output Circuit = Short to Ground or Open - For greater than 5 s

P2619

Crankshaft Position Signal Output Circuit = Short to Voltage - For greater than 5 s

Actions Taken When the DTC Sets


DTCs listed in the DTC Descriptor Category = Type C DTC

Conditions for Clearing the DTC


DTCs listed in the DTC Descriptor Category = Type C DTC

Reference Information


DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Circuit/System Verification

1. Engine - Running

2. Verify there are no DTCs/symptoms related to the following system/component, if equipped: image K71 Transmission Control Module

image K103 Fuel Injector Control Module image T3 Audio Amplifier

image T6 Power Inverter Module

image If a DTC or symptom exists

Refer to:

image Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle

image Symptoms - Vehicle

image If no DTC or symptom exists

3. All OK.

DTC P2635: FUEL PUMP FLOW PERFORMANCE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


DTC Descriptor


DTC P2635

Fuel Pump Flow Performance

Circuit/System Description


The engine control module (ECM) supplies voltage to the fuel pump driver control module when the ECM detects that the ignition is on. The voltage from the ECM to the fuel pump driver control module remains active for 2 seconds, unless the engine is in crank or run. While this voltage is being received, the fuel pump driver control module closes the ground switch of the fuel pump. The fuel pump driver control module maintains correct fuel pressure based on the information from the fuel pressure sensor and varying the pulse width modulated controlled current to the fuel pump.

Conditions for Running the DTC


image DTC P018B, P018C, P018D, P0231, P0232, P023F, P0641, or P1255 are not active.

image Fuel pump control is enabled and the fuel pump control state is normal. image The ignition voltage is between 11 - 32 V.

image The engine has been running for greater than or equal to 30 seconds. image The engine fuel flow is not 0.

image Low fuel level warning not present.

image The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.


Conditions for Setting the DTC


The fuel pump driver control module detects a difference of ± 60 kPa at 400 kPa request or ±45 kPa at 300 kPa request between the desired fuel pressure and the actual fuel pressure for approximately 10 s.

Action Taken When the DTC Sets DTC P2635 is a Type B DTC. Conditions for Clearing the DTC DTC P2635 is a Type B DTC.

Diagnostic Aids


Using the Failure Records data may help locate an intermittent condition. If you cannot duplicate the DTC, the information in the Failure Records can help determine how many miles since the DTC set. The Fail Counter and Pass Counter can help determine how many ignition cycles that the diagnostic test reported a pass and/or a fail.

On vehicles equipped with a high pressure mechanical pump on Direct Fuel Injection engines, the vehicle may continue to run even though the pump in the fuel tank is not operating.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Fuel System Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

DTC Type Reference

Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


1. Vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Verify DTC U0074 or U18A2 is not set or stored in history.

image If DTC U0074 or U18A2 is set or stored in history

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

image If DTC U0074 or U18A2 is not set or stored in history

3. Verify that DTC P018B, P018C, P018D, P0231, P0232, or P023F is not set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

image If none of the DTCs are set

4. Verify the scan tool Short Term Fuel Pump Trim and the Long Term Fuel Pump Trim when multiplied together are less than 1.5.

image If greater than 1.5

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If less than 1.5

5. Command the fuel pressure to 300 kPa (43.5 psi) using the scan tool Control Function: Fuel Pressure Increase/Decrease.

6. Verify the scan tool parameter: Fuel Pressure Sensor & Desired Fuel Pressure are within 45 kPa (6.5 psi) of each other at 300 kPa (43.5 psi) request.

image If greater than 45 kPa (6.5 psi)

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If less than 45 kPa (6.5 psi)

7. Command the Fuel Pressure to 400 kPa (58 psi) using the scan tool Control Function: Fuel Pressure Increase/Decrease.

8. Verify the scan tool parameter: Fuel Pressure Sensor & Desired Fuel Pressure are within 60 kPa (8.7 psi) of each other at 400 kPa (58 psi) request.

image If greater than 60 kPa (8.7 psi)

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If less than 60 kPa (8.7 psi)

9. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.

10. Verify the DTC does not set.

image If the DTC sets

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the DTC does not set

11. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: Do not replace the fuel pump driver control module based on a history DTC P2635. DTC P2635 may be stored but that does not indicate a failure of the fuel pump driver control module. Refer to Strategy Based Diagnosis for further history DTC diagnostics.


1. Verify the proper fuel system pressure. Refer to Fuel System Diagnosis. image If the fuel pressure is not normal

Repair the fuel system as necessary.

image If the fuel pressure is normal

2. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Refer to Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement

image Refer to Fuel Feed Intermediate Pipe Replacement

image Refer to Fuel Injector Replacement

image Refer to Fuel Pump Fuel Feed Hose Replacement

image Refer to Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module Replacement

image Perform the Fuel Pump Trim Reset procedure with a scan tool after the repair.


Repair Verification


1. Install any components that have been removed or replaced during diagnosis.

2. Perform any adjustments, programming or setup procedures that are required when a component is removed or replaced.

3. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool.

4. Turn OFF the ignition for 60 s.

5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC.

6. Verify the scan tool Short Term Fuel Pump Trim and the Long Term Fuel Pump Trim when multiplied together are less than 1.5.

image If greater than 1.5

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If less than 1.5

7. Command the Fuel Pressure to 300 kPa (43.5 psi) using the scan tool Control Function: Fuel Pressure Increase/Decrease.

8. Verify the scan tool parameter: Fuel Pressure Sensor & Desired Fuel Pressure are within 45 kPa (6.5 psi) of each other at 300 kPa (43.5 psi) request.

image If greater than 45 kPa (6.5 psi)

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If less than 45 kPa (6.5 psi)

9. Command the Fuel Pressure to 400 kPa (58 psi) using the scan tool Control Function: Fuel Pressure Increase/Decrease.

10. Verify the scan tool parameter: Fuel Pressure Sensor & Desired Fuel Pressure are within 60 kPa (8.7 psi) of each other at 400 kPa (58 psi) request.

image If greater than 60 kPa (8.7 psi)

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If less than 60 kPa (8.7 psi)

11. All OK.

SYMPTOMS - ENGINE CONTROLS

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


Symptoms Description


Symptoms cover conditions that are not covered by DTCs. Certain conditions can cause multiple symptoms. These conditions are listed together under Symptoms Testing. Conditions that may only cause specific symptoms are listed separately under Additional Symptoms Tests.

However, symptoms which affect the internal combustion engine (ICE) of a typical gas powered vehicle may not be noticeable on the Volt ICE. For the Volt ICE, symptoms such as, hesitation, sag, stumble, sluggishness, surging, and even engine stalling, are buffered by the Voltec propulsion system, which is designed to smooth out ICE irregularities. Even when the battery pack is depleted and the ICE is forced to run in order to sustain the charge, the battery pack should still have enough retained power to perform this buffering function. Refer to Hybrid Modes of Operation Description for more information.

Perform the symptoms testing before using the additional symptoms testing.

Symptoms Definition


Backfire

Fuel ignites in the intake manifold or in the exhaust system, making a loud popping noise.

Cuts Out, Misses

A steady pulsation or jerking that follows engine speed. The exhaust has a steady spitting sound.

Detonation/Spark Knock

A mild to severe ping which usually gets worse while under load. The engine makes sharp metallic knocks that change with throttle opening.

Dieseling, Run-On

The engine continues to run after the vehicle is turned OFF.

Engine Control Module (ECM) Commanded Reduced Engine Power

The ECM illuminates the Reduced Engine Power lamp and will limit engine power under potential engine damaging or emissions related conditions. A DTC may be not be set.

Fuel Odor

A noticeable smell of unburned fuel.

Hard Start

Engine does not start for a long time. The engine does eventually run, or may start but immediately stall.

Poor Fuel Economy

Fuel economy, as measured by an actual road test, is noticeably lower than expected. Also, the fuel economy is noticeably lower than it was on this vehicle at one time, as previously shown by an actual road test.

Rough, Unstable Idle and/or Stalling

The engine runs unevenly. If severe, the engine or the vehicle may shake and the engine may stall.

Symptoms Verification


Before using the Symptom tables, perform the following inspections

image Verify the engine control module (ECM) and the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) are operating correctly.

image Verify there are no DTCs stored.

image Verify the scan tool data is within the normal operating range.

image Verify there are no Bulletins available for the current symptom.

image Verify the vehicle tires are correctly inflated and meet original equipment specifications.

image Verify the Hybrid/EV Battery Pack state of charge. A low state of charge will force the engine to idle at a higher RPM. Refer to Plug-In Charging System Description and Operation .

image Perform the Visual/Physical Inspection in this section. The visual/physical inspection is extremely important, and can lead to correcting a condition without additional testing. It may also help to reveal the cause of an intermittent condition.

Identifying Intermittent Conditions

Many intermittent conditions occur with harness or connector movement due to engine torque, rough pavement, vibration or physical movements of a component. Refer to the following for a list of issues that may cause an intermittent condition:

image Moisture and water intrusion in connectors, terminals, and components image Incomplete connector mating

image Poor terminal contact

image High circuit or component resistance - High resistance can include any resistance, regardless of the amount, which can interrupt the operation of the component.

image Harness that is too short or tight

image Wire insulation that is chaffed or cut

image High or low ambient temperature

image High or low engine coolant temperature image High underhood temperature

image Excessive heat in a component or in a circuit due to circuit resistance, poor terminal contact, or high electrical load

image High or low system voltage image High vehicle load conditions image Rough road surfaces

image Electro-magnetic interference (EMI)/circuit interference from relays, solenoids or other electrical surge image Incorrect installation of aftermarket, add on accessories

Visual/Physical Check

image Verify that the control module grounds are clean, tight, and correctly located.

image Verify that the vacuum hoses are not split or kinked, and are properly routed and connected. image Verify that the air filter is clean and free from restrictions.

image Verify that there is no water intrusion in connectors, terminals, and components. image Inspect the air intake ducts for the conditions listed below:

image Collapsed

image Damaged areas image Looseness

image Incorrect installation image Leaking

If any condition listed above has allowed non-metered air to enter the air induction system, the Q38 THROTTLE BODY: THROTTLE/IDLE LEARN procedure must be performed after the repair is complete.

image Inspect for air leaks at the throttle body mounting area, the mass air flow (MAF) sensor and intake manifold sealing surfaces.

image Inspect the wiring harness for the following conditions: image Poor connections

image Pinches image Cuts

image Inspect for loose, damaged, unseated, or missing sensors/components. image Inspect the terminals for corrosion and correct contact.

Symptoms Testing


Backfire, Cuts-Out, Misses, Detonation/Spark Knock, Dieseling/Run-On, ECM Commanded Reduced Engine Power, Fuel Odor, Hard Start, Poor Fuel Economy, or Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle and Stalling.

image Test/inspect the fuel system for the conditions listed below:

image Incorrect system operation or fuel pressure. Refer to Fuel System Diagnosis .

image Contaminated or poor quality fuel. Refer to Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis .

image Test/inspect the ignition system for the conditions listed below:


NOTE: Observe the scan tool Cylinder 1 - 4 Current Misfire Counters and the Ignition Coil Control Circuit Status parameters to help isolate an ignition system condition.


image Spark plugs with incorrect heat range, coolant or oil fouling, or an abnormal condition. Refer to

Spark Plug Inspection , and Spark Plug Replacement .

image Secondary ignition system component susceptible to moisture. Wet down the secondary ignition system with water from a spray bottle. This may help locate damaged or deteriorated ignition system components. Look/listen for arcing or misfiring as the water is applied.

image Weak spark. Use the J-26792 HEI Spark Tester for testing and refer to Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis . For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) Special Tools (Repair Tools) .

image Test/inspect for the conditions listed below:

image Non-metered air flow into the air induction system. If a leak is found, repair as necessary. The Q38 THROTTLE BODY: THROTTLE/IDLE LEARN procedure must be performed when the repair is complete.

image Items that can cause an engine to run lean or rich. Refer to DTC P0171 or P0172 for additional information.

image An intermittent crankshaft position sensor condition. Observe the scan tool Crankshaft Position Resync Counter parameter. The Resync Counter parameter should remain at 0 during all operating conditions, and when moving the related harnesses and connectors between the crankshaft position sensor and the ECM.

image Excessive knock sensor system spark retard activity. Observe the scan tool Knock Retard parameter for activity greater than 0° and refer to DTC P0324, P0326, or P06B6 , and DTC P0325, P0327, or P0328 for further diagnosis.

image Electromagnetic interference on the reference circuit, which can cause a misfire condition. You can usually detect electromagnetic interference with a scan tool by monitoring the engine speed parameter. A sudden increase in the engine speed parameter with little change in actual engine speed may be an indication that electromagnetic interference is present. Inspect the high voltage components near the ignition control circuit if a condition exists.

image A heated oxygen sensors (HO2S) that is contaminated from fuel, silicon, or from the incorrect use of RTV sealant. The sensors may have a white powdery coating resulting in a high, but false, signal voltage, which gives a rich exhaust indication.

image A leaking or restricted positive crankcase ventilation system.

image Inspect the exhaust system components for the conditions listed below: image Physical damage or possible internal malfunction.

image Restricted 3-way catalysts.

For additional information, refer to Symptoms - Engine Exhaust

image Inspect the engine cooling system for the conditions listed below:

image A thermostat with incorrect heat range. Refer to Thermostat Diagnosis . image Incorrectly operating engine cooling fans. Refer to DTC P1485-P1487 .

image Incorrectly operating engine coolant thermostat heater. Refer to DTC P0597-P0599 . image Low engine coolant level. Refer to Cooling System Draining and Filling .

For additional information, refer to Symptoms - Engine Cooling .

image Inspect the engine for the mechanical conditions listed below:

image Excessive oil in the combustion chamber or leaking valve seals image Incorrect cylinder compression

image Sticking or leaking valves image Worn camshaft lobes

image Incorrect valve timing image Broken valve springs

image Excessive carbon buildup in the combustion chambers. Clean the chambers with Top Engine Cleaner, if necessary. Follow the instructions on the can.

image Incorrect engine parts

For additional information, refer to Symptoms - Engine Mechanical

image If the above conditions do not address the symptom, refer to the additional symptoms tests.


Additional Symptoms Tests


Detonation/Spark Knock

image Test the engine for an overheating condition. Refer to Engine Overheating .

image Inspect for excessive carbon buildup in the combustion chambers. Clean the chambers with Top Engine Cleaner, if necessary. Follow the instructions on the can.

ECM Commanded Reduced Engine Power

Under certain conditions the ECM may limit engine power by reducing engine torque and, for some vehicles, fuel pressure as well. For most, but not all of the conditions, the ECM will illuminate the reduced engine power lamp on the instrument panel cluster, however a DTC may not be set.

A repair may not be necessary. Observe the scan tool Reduced Engine Power History parameter or refer to K20 Engine Control Module: Scan Tool Information to determine the reason for the reduced engine power.

Verify or inspect for the following:

image Vehicle being driven inappropriately. Towing heavy loads up an incline for an extended period of time or operating the vehicle at sustained, excessively high engine speeds may cause the engine oil or coolant to overheat. Inspect the airflow passageways in front of the engine for obstructions and clear away any debris or foreign material that is found. If no obstructions are found, review approved driving habits with the customer. The customer may need to operate the vehicle at a higher engine speed to improve cooling

system performance, or, at a slower engine speed to reduce engine load.

image If the vehicle is equipped with the OnStar® feature, reduced engine power may be due to OnStar® remote command. Verify the vehicle is not in the OnStar® initiated Stolen Vehicle Slowdown mode.

image A cooling system condition which may cause the engine coolant to overheat. Refer to Hybrid/EV Cooling System Description and Operation to verify correct operation of the cooling system.

image High pressure fuel system condition. Refer to Fuel System Diagnosis, and Fuel System Description to verify high pressure fuel system operation.

image Intake air temperature too high. Engine running, observe the scan tool IAT Sensor parameter. The readings should be between -40°C and +149°C (-40°F and +300°F). Refer to DTC P0112, P0113, or P0114 for additional information

image Fuel temperature too high.

image A hybrid/EV propulsion system malfunction. Inspect for the following conditions:

image Hybrid/EV battery pack charge too low. Review the scan tool Hybrid/EV Battery Pack Charge Remaining parameter for a Battery Power Low condition.

image Drive motor or inverter temperature too high.

image Engine powered Hybrid/EV battery charging unavailable. The Internal combustion engine (ICE) may be unable to charge the Hybrid/EV battery. Refer to the conditions listed below for a possible cause:

image ICE has been run out of fuel. Review the scan tool Remaining Fuel in Tank parameter to verify that the engine has an adequate supply of fuel in the fuel tank.

image Any ICE performance malfunction, such as an incorrectly operating ignition or fuel system.

Review the appropriate scan tool parameters to help diagnose the condition.

image A Hybrid/EV drive motor 1 (A) or 2 (B) malfunction. image An incorrectly operating transmission clutch.

image An incorrectly operating transmission fluid pump. Inspect for the following conditions: image Incorrect transmission fluid level

image Plugged or restricted transmission fluid coolers or pipes

image For additional information, refer to Hybrid Modes of Operation Description .

Fuel Odor

image Inspect for leaking, damaged, or deteriorated fuel lines.

image Inspect for a Saturated EVAP canister. Refer to Evaporative Emission Control System Description . image Inspect for a condition with the internal components of the fuel tank assembly. Refer to Fuel System

Description .

Hard Start

image Observe the Throttle Body Idle Airflow Compensation parameter with a scan tool. A value greater than 90% may indicate an excessive accumulation of deposits in the throttle bore. Inspect the throttle body and bore and clean, if necessary. Refer to Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning .

image Test the engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor. Compare the ECT sensor value to the intake air temperature (IAT) sensor value on a cold engine. The ECT and IAT sensor values should be within

approximately 3°C (5°F). If the ECT sensor is out of range with the IAT sensor, test the resistance of the ECT sensor. Refer to Temperature Versus Resistance (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor) for resistance specifications. Replace the ECT sensor if the resistance is not within specification. If the sensor is within the specification, test the ECT circuits for a high resistance.

image Test the fuel pump operation. The fuel pump should turn ON for 2 s when attempting to start the engine.

Refer to Fuel System Diagnosis.

Poor Fuel Economy

image Inspect for heavy loads being carried or towed.

image Observe the Throttle Body Idle Airflow Compensation parameter with a scan tool. A value greater than 90% may indicate an excessive accumulation of deposits in the throttle bore. Inspect the throttle body and bore and clean, if necessary. Refer to Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning .

Rough, Unstable Idle and/or Stalling

image Engine idle speed may be unstable or the engine may stall if the ECM has learned an incorrect idle/airflow compensation value. A DTC may also set. Observe the scan tool Throttle Body Idle Airflow Compensation parameter. A value greater than 90% may indicate an excessive accumulation of deposits in the throttle bore. If the throttle body needs cleaning, refer to Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning .

The actions listed below may also cause the ECM to learn an incorrect idle value.

image The engine control module has been replaced image The throttle body has been replaced

image The throttle body has been cleaned but the idle learn procedure was not performed after completing the cleaning

image The air induction system was leaking, allowing non-metered air to enter the combustion chamber.

The leak was repaired but the idle learn procedure was not performed after repairing the leak

If any of the actions listed above have occurred, the Q38 THROTTLE BODY: THROTTLE/IDLE LEARN procedure must be performed.

image Inspect the engine mounts for looseness, wear, and damage.

ENGINE CRANKS BUT DOES NOT RUN

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


Circuit/System Description


The engine cranks but does not run is an organized approach to identify a condition which prevents the engine from starting. This diagnostic directs the technician to the appropriate system diagnosis.

Diagnostic Aids

image When the engine is started, it is cranked by the 300 V drive motor/generator, which can rotate the engine to operating speed within just a few hundred milliseconds. However, it may be difficult to determine the running state of the engine. Observe the scan tool ICE Status parameter to determine the running state of the engine. The parameter will display one of the following values:

image Engine Stalled image Invalid

image OFF

image Running

image Silent Start image Stop

image Start

image Some failure conditions can make the engine appear to start, run briefly, then stall, which results in the following two DIC messages being displayed:

image Engine Not Available, Service Vehicle Soon image Propulsion Power Reduced

image Inspect the engine for good secure electrical grounds.

image Insufficient fuel can prevent the engine from starting. Thoroughly inspect the fuel delivery system for sufficient fuel volume to the fuel injectors. Inspect the fuel supply components for partial blockage or restrictions.

image Fuel injectors with partially blocked and restricted nozzles, or a malfunctioning solenoid, can prevent the engine from starting.

image There may be fuel spray at the fuel injectors and the indicated fuel pressure may be correct, yet there may not be enough fuel for combustion to take place. If the fuel injectors and the injector circuit are OK, and fuel spray is detected, the fuel injector ON time may be inadequate. If the engine control module (ECM) receives incorrect inputs from the various information sensors, the fuel delivered by the fuel injectors may be inadequate for the engine to start. Check all the engine data parameters with a scan tool and compare the values indicated with the expected values or the values from a known vehicle in good condition.

image Inspect the engine for good secure electrical grounds.

image Water or foreign material in the fuel can prevent the engine from starting. During freezing weather, the water can freeze inside the fuel system. After 30 min in a heated repair shop, the water may melt and allow the engine to start. The malfunction may not recur until parked overnight in freezing temperatures.

image Under extreme weather conditions, or over a period of time, the ignition system may become susceptible to moisture. This condition may become serious enough to prevent the engine from starting. Bring the vehicle into a dry, heated garage and allow it to dry out for several hours. If the engine then starts, inspect for an ignition system that is susceptible to moisture.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Hybrid Modes of Operation Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information. Special Tools

image CH-48027 Digital Pressure Gauge

image J 26792 HEI Spark Tester

image J 34730-2C Injector Tester

image J 36012-A Ignition System Diagnostic Harness

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) Special Tools (Repair Tools) .

Circuit/System Verification


NOTE: This diagnostic assumes the following:

image The battery is completely charged. See Battery Inspection/Test . image There is adequate fuel in the fuel tank.


1. Attempt to start the engine while observing the DTC information with a scan tool.

2. Verify that DTC P0117, P0118, P018B, P018C, P018D, P0119, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P0231, P0232, P023F, P025A, P0335, P0336, P0513, P0562, P0563, P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P062F, P0628, P0629, P0633, P0641, P064A, P0685, P0689, P0690, P06A6, P1255, P1516, P1631, P1682, P16F3, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176, P2610 or P2635 is not set.

image If any of the DTCs are set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

image If none of the DTCs are set

3. Verify the scan tool Engine Speed parameter displays greater than 0 RPM while attempting to start the engine.

image If 0 RPM

Refer to DTC P0335 or P0336 .

image If greater than 0 RPM

4. Vehicle in Service Mode, command the Fuel Pump Enable ON several times with a scan tool.

5. Verify the scan tool circuit parameters listed below do not display Malfunction: image Fuel Pump Enable Circuit High Voltage Test Status

image Fuel Pump Enable Circuit Open Test Status

image Fuel Pump Enable Circuit Low Voltage Test Status

image If Malfunction is displayed

Refer to Fuel System Diagnosis.

image If Malfunction is not displayed

6. Vehicle OFF, install the CH-48027 digital pressure gauge.


NOTE: image If the engine is too hot, high fuel pressure readings may result due to hot soak fuel boiling. Allow the engine coolant temperature to cool to less than 60°C (150°F) before attempting to record fuel pressure.

image The fuel pump may need to be commanded ON a few times, in order to obtain the highest possible fuel pressure.

image Do NOT start the engine for this test.


7. Vehicle in Service Mode, command the Fuel Pump Enable ON several times with a scan tool.

Verify the fuel pressure is between 379 - 427 kPa (55 - 62 PSI) with the fuel pump running.

image If not within the specified range

Refer to Fuel System Diagnosis.

image If within the specified range

8. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at a Q17 Fuel Injector.

9. Connect the J 34730-2C injector tester to the fuel injector harness connector.

10. Verify the injector tester flashes or illuminates while attempting to start the engine.

image If the injector tester does not flash or illuminate

Refer to DTC P0201-P0204, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271, P1248, P1249, P124A, P124B, P2147, P2148, P2150, P2151, P2153, P2154, P2156, or P2157 .

image If the injector tester flashes or illuminates


NOTE: It may be necessary to secure the J 36012-A ignition system diagnostic harness to the spark plug boots with electrical tape.


11. Install the J 36012-A ignition system diagnostic harness to the spark plug boots.

12. Connect the J 26792 HEI spark tester between the boot of a spark plug wire and ground.

13. Connect the remaining wires to the appropriate cylinders.


NOTE: image Perform the spark test on at least 3 of the 4 cylinders.

image An erratic or weak spark is considered a no spark condition.


14. Verify the spark tester sparks while attempting to start the engine.

image If the spark tester does not spark

Refer to Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis.

image If the spark tester sparks

15. Verify none of the conditions listed below exist:

image Air intake duct to the throttle body collapsed

image Air filter and air intake system restricted/obstructed image Spark plugs gas or coolant fouled

image Skewed manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor image Skewed engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor

image Restricted exhaust system. Refer to Restricted Exhaust .

image Fuel contamination. Refer to Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis .

image Engine mechanical condition, for example, worn timing chain or low compression. Refer to

Symptoms - Engine Mechanical .

image If a condition exists

Repair as necessary.

image If no conditions exist

16. All OK.


Repair Verification


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Refer to Ignition Coil Replacement

image Refer to Spark Plug Replacement

MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL) DIAGNOSIS

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


Circuit/System Description


The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illuminates to inform the driver that an emission system fault has

occurred and the powertrain control system requires service. Ignition voltage is supplied directly to the MIL. The engine control module (ECM) turns the MIL ON by grounding the MIL control circuit when the emission system fault occurs. Under normal operating conditions, the MIL should be ON only when the vehicle is ON and the engine is OFF.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Instrument Cluster Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

image Engine Control Module Description

image Hybrid Modes of Operation Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


NOTE: Any MIL requesting DTCs that may be set should be diagnosed first.


1. Vehicle Running.

2. Verify the Malfunction Indicator Lamp turns ON and OFF while commanding the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) On and Off with a scan tool.

image If the MIL does not turn ON and OFF

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the MIL turns ON and OFF

3. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the P16 Instrument Cluster.

2. Vehicle in Service Mode.

3. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the ignition voltage circuit terminal 8 and ground.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good

1. Vehicle OFF.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ignition voltage circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect all components on the circuit.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the ignition voltage circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.

image If infinite resistance, test all components connected to the ignition voltage circuit and replace as necessary.

image If the test lamp illuminates

4. Replace the P16 Instrument Cluster.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

Refer to Control Module References for instrument panel cluster replacement, programming, and setup.

FUEL SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


Circuit/System Description


The engine control module (ECM) supplies voltage to the fuel pump driver control module when power up is commanded. The voltage signal from the ECM to the fuel pump driver control module remains active for 2 s, unless the vehicle is ON or the vehicle is in Service Mode. While this voltage is being received, the fuel pump driver control module closes the ground switch of the fuel pump and also supplies a varying voltage to the fuel tank fuel pump module in order to maintain the desired fuel line pressure.

The fuel system is an electronic returnless on-demand design. A returnless fuel system reduces the internal temperature of the fuel tank by not returning hot fuel from the engine to the fuel tank. Reducing the internal temperature of the fuel tank results in lower evaporative emissions.

The fuel tank stores the fuel supply. An electric turbine style fuel pump attaches to the fuel tank fuel pump module inside the fuel tank. The fuel pump supplies fuel through the fuel feed pipe to the high pressure fuel pump. The fuel pump also supplies fuel to a venturi pump located on the bottom of the fuel tank fuel pump module. The function of the venturi pump is to fill the fuel tank fuel pump module reservoir. The fuel tank fuel pump module contains a reverse flow check valve. The check valve maintains fuel pressure in the fuel feed pipe in order to prevent long cranking times.

Diagnostic Aids


Observe the Misfire Counters or perform the Fuel Injector Balance Test to help identify a leaking fuel injector.

Reference Information


Description and Operation

Fuel System Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information Special Tools

image CH 41769 Fuel Line Quick Disconnect Tool

image EN 37287 Fuel Line Shut-off Adapter

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) Special Tools (Repair Tools) .

Circuit/System Verification


NOTE: image Repair all fuel system related DTCs, except P2635, before performing this diagnostic.

image Inspect the fuel system for damage or external leaks before proceeding. image Verify that adequate fuel is in the fuel tank before proceeding.

image The Fuel Pump Enable may need to be commanded ON a few times in order to obtain the highest possible fuel pressure.

image DO NOT perform the Fuel System Diagnosis if the engine coolant temperature is above 60°C (150°F). High fuel pressure readings may result due to hot soak fuel boiling. With the engine OFF, the fuel pressure may increase beyond the pressure relief regulator valve's setting point of 690 kPa (100 psi) ± 5 percent.


1. Vehicle in Service Mode, command the Fuel Pump Enable On and Off several times with a scan tool.

2. Verify that the scan tool Fuel Pressure Sensor parameter is between 345 - 650 kPa (50 - 94 psi).

image If less than 345 kPa (50 psi)

Refer to Circuit/System Testing - Fuel Pressure Low.

image If greater than 650 kPa (94 psi)

Replace the G12 Fuel Pump.

image If between 345 - 650 kPa (50 - 94 psi)

3. Verify that the scan tool Fuel Pressure Sensor parameter, after the fuel pump is turned off, decreases to less than 600 kPa (87 psi).

image If greater than 600 kPa (87 psi)

Replace the G12 Fuel Pump.

image If less than 600 kPa (87 psi)

4. Verify that the scan tool Fuel Pressure Sensor parameter does not decrease greater than 34 kPa (5 psi) in 1 minute.

image If greater than 34 kPa (5 psi)

Refer to Circuit/System Testing - Fuel Pressure Leaks Down.

image If less than 34 kPa (5 psi)

5. Engine running.

6. Verify that the scan tool Fuel Pressure Sensor parameter is between 379 - 427 kPa (55 - 62 psi).

image If less than 379 kPa (55 psi)

Refer to Circuit/System Testing - Fuel Pressure Low.

image If greater than 427 kPa (62 psi)

Replace the G12 Fuel Pump.

image If between 379 - 427 kPa (55 - 62 psi)

7. Verify that the scan tool Short Term Fuel Pump Trim and the Long Term Fuel Pump Trim when multiplied together are less than 1.5.

image If greater than 1.5

Refer to Circuit/System Testing - Fuel Pressure Low.

image If less than 1.5

8. Verify that the scan tool Fuel Pressure Sensor and the Desired Fuel Pressure are within 45 kPa (6.5 psi) at 300 kPa (43.5 psi) request or 60 kPa (8.7 psi) at 400 kPa (58 psi) request of each other while operating the vehicle.

image If greater than 45 kPa (6.5 psi)/60 kPa (8.7 psi)

Refer to Circuit/System Testing - Fuel Pressure Drops Off.

image If less than 45 kPa (6.5 psi)/60 kPa (8.7 psi)

9. If the fuel system components test normal, refer to Symptoms - Engine Controls, and Fuel Injector Diagnosis.

Circuit/System Testing


Fuel Pressure Low

1. Verify none of the conditions listed below exist: image Restricted fuel feed pipe

image Inspect the harness connectors and the ground circuits of the fuel pump for poor connections.

image If a condition exists

Repair as necessary.

image If no conditions exist

Replace the G12 Fuel Pump.

Fuel Pressure Leaks Down

1. Vehicle OFF, relieve the fuel pressure. Refer to Fuel Pressure Relief .

2. Install the EN 37287 Adapter between the chassis fuel feed hose and the engine compartment fuel feed pipe.

3. Open the valve on the EN 37287 Adapter.

4. Vehicle in Service Mode, command the Fuel Pump Enable On and then Off with a scan tool.

5. Close the valve on the EN 37287 Adapter.

6. Verify that the scan tool Fuel Pressure Sensor parameter does not decrease more than 34 kPa (5 psi) in 1 min.

image If greater than 34 kPa (5 psi)

Replace the G12 Fuel Pump.

image If less than 34 kPa (5 psi)

Locate and replace the leaking Q17 Fuel Injector.

Fuel Pressure Drops Off

1. Verify none of the conditions listed below exist: image Restricted fuel feed pipe

image Inspect the harness connectors and the ground circuits of the fuel pump for poor connections.

image If a condition exists

Repair as necessary.

image If no conditions exist

Replace the G12 Fuel Pump.


Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Refer to Fuel Feed Pipe Replacement

image Refer to Fuel Feed Intermediate Pipe Replacement

image Refer to Fuel Injector Replacement

image Refer to Fuel Pump Fuel Feed Hose Replacement

image Refer to Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module Replacement

image Perform the Fuel Pump Trim Reset procedure with a scan tool after the repair.

FUEL LEAK DIAGNOSIS

Reference Information


Special Tools

image J-28428-E High Intensity Black Light Kit

image J-42220 Leak Detection Lamp


CAUTION: When performing a Fuel Leak Diagnosis, it is VERY IMPORANT to use only GM approved Oil Dye, Part Number 88861206. If any other oil dye is used, it will cause damage to the fuel injection system components, as well as the emission control components. This will result in necessary replacement of the damaged components.


1. Clean all of the fuel lines in the suspected area using brake cleaning solvent, and let dry.

2. Add 8 ounces of oil dye 88861206 to the fuel tank.

3. Start and idle the engine for 3 - 5 minutes.

4. Using a scan tool, increase the Fuel Rail Pressure, if applicable.

5. Verify there are no fuel leaks with J-28428-E or J-42220 around the: image Fuel pump

image Fuel rails

image Fuel injector supply lines image Fuel supply lines

image Fuel return lines, if equipped,

image High pressure or supply side fuel leak is found

Repair or replace the leaking component

image If equipped, return side fuel leak is found.

1. Verify that the fuel return line is not restricted

image If the fuel return line is restricted, repair or replace as necessary

image If the fuel return line is not restricted, repair or replace the leaking component

image No fuel leak is found

6. All OK.

FUEL INJECTOR DIAGNOSIS

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


Circuit/System Description


The engine control module (ECM) supplies a separate high voltage supply circuit and a high voltage control circuit for each fuel injector. The injector high voltage supply circuit and the high voltage control circuit are both controlled by the ECM. The ECM energizes each fuel injector by grounding the control circuit. The ECM controls each fuel injector with 65 V. This is controlled by a boost capacitor in the ECM. During the 65 V boost phase, the capacitor is discharged through the injector high voltage supply circuit, allowing for initial injector opening. The injector is then held open with 12 V. A fuel injector coil winding resistance that is too high or too low will affect the engine driveability. The fuel injector coil windings are affected by temperature. The resistance of the fuel injector coil windings will increase as the temperature of the fuel injector increases.

Diagnostic Aids


image Monitoring the scan tool Cylinder 1-4 Current Misfire Counters may help to isolate the fuel injector that is causing the condition.

image Operating the vehicle over a wide temperature range may help isolate the fuel injector that is causing the condition.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

Fuel Injector Coil Test


NOTE: image The resistance test must be performed at the fuel injector or mis-diagnosis will occur.

image The DMM and test leads must be calibrated to 0 Ω in order to prevent mis- diagnosis.


1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the appropriate Q17 Fuel Injector.

2. Test for 1.35 - 1.65 Ω at 20°C (68°F) between the control + circuit terminal 1 and the control - circuit

terminal 2 at the Q17 Fuel Injector.

image If not between 1.35 - 1.65 Ω

Replace the Q17 Fuel Injector.

image If between 1.35 - 1.65 Ω

3. Test for infinite resistance between each terminal at the Q17 Fuel Injector and the Q17 Fuel Injector housing/case.

image If less than infinite resistance

Replace the Q17 Fuel Injector.

image If infinite resistance

4. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair. Refer to Fuel Injector Replacement

FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


Diagnostic Fault Information



Circuit

Short to Ground

Open/High Resistance

Short to Voltage

Signal Performance

Fuel Injector 1 Control +

P2147

P0201

P2148

P1248

Fuel Injector 1 Control -

P0261

P0201

P0262, P2148

P1248

Fuel Injector 2 Control +

P2150

P0202

P2151

P1249

Fuel Injector 2 Control -

P0264

P0202

P0265, P2151

P1249

Fuel Injector 3 Control +

P2153

P0203

P2154

P124A

Fuel Injector 3 Control -

P0267

P0203

P0268, P2154

P124A

Fuel Injector 4 Control +

P2156

P0204

P2157

P124B

Fuel Injector 4 Control -

P0270

P0204

P0271, P2157

P124B

Circuit/System Description


The engine control module (ECM) supplies voltage to each fuel injector on the injector high voltage supply circuits. The ECM energizes each fuel injector by grounding the high voltage control circuit of the fuel injector. The ECM monitors the status of the injector high voltage supply circuits and the injector high voltage control circuits. When a fuel injector circuit condition is detected by the ECM, the affected fuel injector(s) is disabled.

Diagnostic Aids


image Performing the Fuel Injector Diagnosis may help isolate an intermittent condition. Refer to Fuel Injector Diagnosis .

image If the condition is intermittent, move the related harnesses and connectors, with the engine operating, while monitoring the scan tool Injector Control Circuit Status parameters. An Injector Control Circuit Status parameter will change from OK or Not Run to Malfunction if there is a condition with the circuit or a connection.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Fuel System Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References for scan tool information

Circuit/System Verification


NOTE: Do Not perform this procedure unless directed here from the Fuel Injector Balance Test.


1. Vehicle in Service Mode, engine running.

2. Verify the scan tool Cylinder 1 - 4 Current Misfire Counter parameters do not increment.

image If the Cylinder 1 - 4 Current Misfire Counters increment

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the Cylinder 1 - 4 Current Misfire Counters do not increment

3. Verify the scan tool Cylinder 1 - 4 Injector Control Circuit Status parameters display OK.

image If the Cylinder 1 - 4 Injector Control Circuit Status parameters do not display OK

Refer to Circuit/System Testing.

image If the Cylinder 1 - 4 Injector Control Circuit Status parameters display OK

4. All OK.


Circuit/System Testing


1. Vehicle OFF, all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the appropriate Q17 Fuel Injector control + circuit and ground.

image If less than infinite resistance

1. Disconnect the harness connector of the Q17 Fuel Injector.

2. Test for infinite resistance between the Q17 Fuel Injector control + circuit and ground. image If less than infinite, repair the short to ground in the circuit.

image If infinite resistance

3. Test for infinite resistance between the Q17 Fuel Injector control - circuit and ground. image If less than infinite, repair the short to ground in the circuit.

image If infinite, replace the Q17 Fuel Injector.

image If infinite resistance

3. Vehicle in Service Mode.

4. Test for less than 1 V between the Q17 Fuel Injector control + circuit and ground.

image If 1 V or greater

1. Disconnect the harness connector of the Q17 Fuel Injector, vehicle in Service Mode.

2. Test for less than 1 V between the Q17 Fuel Injector control + circuit and ground. image If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.

image If less than 1 V, repair the short to voltage on the control - circuit.

image If less than 1 V

5. Vehicle OFF.

6. Test for less than 3 Ω between the Q17 Fuel Injector control + circuit and control - circuit.

image If 3 Ω or greater

1. Disconnect the harness connector of the Q17 Fuel Injector.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω on the control + circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω

3. Test for less than 2 Ω on the control - circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the Q17 Fuel Injector.

image If less than 3 Ω

7. Replace the K20 Engine Control Module.


Repair Instructions

Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Refer to Fuel Injector Replacement

image Refer to Control Module References for K20 Engine Control Module replacement, programming, and setup

ALCOHOL/CONTAMINANTS-IN-FUEL DIAGNOSIS

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


Circuit/System Description


Water contamination in the fuel system may cause driveability conditions such as hesitation, stalling, no start, or misfires in one or more cylinders. Water may collect near a single fuel injector at the lowest point in the fuel injection system and cause a misfire in that cylinder. If the fuel system is contaminated with water, inspect the fuel system components for rust or deterioration.

Ethanol concentrations of greater than 10% in non-blended gasoline or greater than 85% with E85 blended gasoline for flexible fuel applications can cause driveability conditions such as hesitation, lack of power, stalling, or no start. Excessive concentrations of ethanol used in vehicles not designed for it may cause fuel system corrosion, deterioration of rubber components, and fuel filter restriction.

Reference Information


Special Tool

CH 44175-A Alcohol Tester Kit, if available

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) Special Tools (Repair Tools) .

Circuit/System Verification

1. Remove a sample of fuel from the bottom of the fuel tank and place in a clean, clear container.

2. Place the sample on a level surface for 2 min.

3. Verify the sample is clear and bright in color.

image If the sample appears cloudy, or contaminated with water, as indicated by a water layer at the bottom of the sample

Refer to Circuit/System Testing - Particulate Contaminants in Fuel.

image If alcohol contamination is suspected

Refer to Circuit/System Testing - Alcohol in Fuel Testing.

image If the sample remains clear and bright

4. All OK.

Circuit/System Testing


Alcohol in Fuel Testing with Special Tool, if Available

1. Test the fuel composition using CH 44175 - A Alcohol Tester Kit and Instruction Manual.

2. Verify no water appears in the fuel sample.

image If water appears in the fuel sample

Clean the fuel system.

image If no water appears in the fuel sample

3. Subtract 50 from the reading on the DMM in order to obtain the percentage of alcohol in the fuel sample.

4. Verify the non-blended gasoline fuel sample does not measure greater than 15% or an E85 blended gasoline fuel sample measures greater than 91% ethanol.

image If greater than the specified value

1. Add fresh regular gasoline to the vehicle's fuel tank.

2. Remove a new sample of fuel from the tank.

3. Test the fuel composition using CH 44175 - A Alcohol Tester Kit and Instruction Manual.

4. Subtract 50 from the reading on the DMM in order to obtain the percentage of alcohol in the fuel sample.

5. Verify the non-blended gasoline fuel sample does not measure greater than 15% or an E85 blended gasoline fuel sample measures greater than 91% ethanol.

image If additional testing indicates that the ethanol percentage is still above 15% for a non-blended gasoline sample, drain and replace the vehicle's fuel. Refer to Fuel Tank Draining .

image If additional testing indicates that the E85 blended gasoline sample still measures above 91%, continue adding fresh, regular gasoline until the ethanol content is 85% or less.

image If the specified value or less

5. All OK.

Alcohol in Fuel Testing without Special Tool


NOTE: This procedure is for non-blended gasoline only. If excessive alcohol content is suspected with E85 fuel add 15% tank volume of fresh, regular gasoline to the fuel tank.


1. Using a 100 ml (3.38 oz) specified cylinder with 1 ml (0.034 oz) graduation marks, fill the cylinder with fuel to the 90 ml (3.04 oz) mark.

2. Add 10 ml (0.34 oz) of water in order to bring the total fluid volume to 100 ml (3.38 oz) and install a stopper.

3. Shake the cylinder vigorously for 10 - 15 s.

4. Carefully loosen the stopper in order to release the pressure.

5. Re-install the stopper and shake the cylinder vigorously again for 10 - 15 s.

6. Put the cylinder on a level surface for approximately 5 min in order to allow adequate liquid separation. If alcohol is present in the fuel, the volume of the lower layer, which would now contain both alcohol and

water, will be more than 10 ml (0.34 oz). For example, if the volume of the lower layer is increased to 15 ml (0.51 oz), this indicates at least 5% alcohol in the fuel. The actual amount of alcohol may be somewhat more because this procedure does not extract all of the alcohol from the fuel.

7. Verify the non-blended gasoline fuel sample does not measure greater than 15%.

image If greater than the specified value

1. Add fresh regular gasoline to the vehicle's fuel tank.

2. Remove a new sample of fuel from the tank.

3. Test the fuel composition of the new sample.

4. Verify the non-blended gasoline fuel sample does not measure greater than 15%.

image If greater than the specified value, drain and replace the vehicle's fuel. Refer to Fuel Tank Draining .

image If the specified value or less, all OK.

image If the specified value or less

8. All OK.

Particulate Contaminants in Fuel

1. Using an approved fuel container, draw approximately 0.5 liter (0.53 qt) of fuel from the bottom of the fuel tank.

2. Place the container on a level surface for approximately 5 min in order to allow settling of the particulate contamination. Particulate contamination will show up in various shapes and colors. Sand will typically be identified by a white or light brown crystals. Rubber will appear as black and irregular particles.

3. Verify there are no physical contaminants or water present in the fuel sample.

image If any physical contaminants or water are present

Clean the fuel system.

image If no physical contaminants or water are present

4. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.

image Refer to Fuel System Cleaning

image Refer to Fuel Tank Draining

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS

Reference Information


Special Tools

image EN 41413-VLV EVAP Service Port Vent Fitting

image GE 41413-A Evaporative Emission System Tester (EEST)

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) Special Tools (Repair Tools) .

Operating Instructions for the Evaporative Emission System Tester (EEST)


Vehicle Setup


WARNING: In order to reduce the risk of fire and personal injury observe the following items:

image Replace all nylon fuel pipes that are nicked, scratched or damaged during installation, do not attempt to repair the sections of the nylon fuel pipes

image Do not hammer directly on the fuel harness body clips when installing new fuel pipes. Damage to the nylon pipes may result in a fuel leak.

image Always cover nylon vapor pipes with a wet towel before using a torch near them. Also, never expose the vehicle to temperatures higher than 115°C (239°F) for more than one hour, or more than 90°C (194°F) for any extended period.

image Apply a few drops of clean engine oil to the male pipe ends before connecting fuel pipe fittings. This will ensure proper reconnection and prevent a possible fuel leak. (During normal operation, the

O-rings located in the female connector will swell and may prevent proper reconnection if not lubricated.)


CAUTION: Use the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Tester GE 41413-A in order to provide a clean, dry, low pressure nitrogen gas source. Do not substitute any other pressurized source, gas or otherwise. Damage may result to the EVAP system, test equipment or cause a safety risk.


NOTE: A large difference between the vehicle temperature and shop temperature will seriously affect the accuracy of the tests. Always allow enough time, at least 15 m, for the vehicle temperature to adjust to the shop temperature.


NOTE: If the refueling request button is pushed then the vent solenoid valve will remain open for 30 min. The scan tool will be required to manually close the vent solenoid valve prior to testing and before the 30 min time expires. After 30 min the vent solenoid returns to it's natural closed state.


NOTE: If fuel level is 90% or greater it will take longer to fill the system with smoke because the fuel fill tube check valve will be closed and force any smoke to pass through the Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) pipe and orifice.


1. Vehicle in Service Mode, open the hood. Position a large fan to blow air under the vehicle onto the fuel tank area.

2. Connect the red battery clip from the tester to the positive battery terminal at the underhood auxiliary fuse

block X50B.


NOTE: The vehicle 12 V battery must be fully charged for optimal tester performance and because every module will be awake in this powered mode.


3. Connect the black battery clip of the tester to chassis ground.


Flow Meter Test - Leak Detection


CAUTION: Clean all of the following areas before performing any disconnections in order to avoid possible contamination in the system:

image The fuel pipe connections image The hose connections

image The areas surrounding the connections


1. Open the nitrogen tank valve and turn the nitrogen/smoke valve on the front control panel to nitrogen.

2. Connect the hose to the correct test orifice on the bottom front of the tester. For orifice size, refer to the vehicle specific information found in the service procedures for DTCs that relate to EVAP system leaks.

3. Press and release the remote switch to activate the tester.


NOTE: The tester will time out after about 15 min. You may press the remote switch to reactivate the tester as desired.


4. Position the sliding red flag on the flow meter to align with the floating indicator. When the red flag is set, press and release the remote switch to deactivate the tester.

5. Remove the hose from the test orifice and install the hose onto the vehicle. For proper connection location, and the special tool numbers for any adapters that may be required, refer to the service manual for the vehicle being tested. The vehicle specific information can be found in service procedures for DTCs that relate to EVAP system leaks.

6. Seal the EVAP system per instructions in the service manual. Most systems can be sealed using a scan tool output control for the EVAP canister vent solenoid valve. Other systems require that the system be plugged. Refer to the service manual for the vehicle being tested for specific instructions.


NOTE: image Larger volume fuel tanks, and/or those with lower fuel levels, may require several minutes to fill with nitrogen.

image Static buildup may cause the float indicator to stick. It may be necessary to tap on the flow meter to free the float.


7. Press and release the remote switch to activate the nitrogen flow and fill the system.

8. Compare the stable floating indicator position to the red flag.

image Below the red flag, the result is acceptable, Pass. Test complete

image Above the red flag, the result is unacceptable, Fail. Go to the Smoke Procedure

9. Press and release the remote switch to deactivate the tester.

Smoke Procedure - Locate the Leak


NOTE: It is not recommended to use the tester in an outside repair bay area because wind and sunlight may affect temperature and your ability to see the smoke.


1. Turn OFF any fans that may cause air movement around or near the vehicle.


NOTE: Completely unwind the nitrogen/smoke hose from the bracket for optimal tester performance.


2. Connect the nitrogen/smoke hose to the vehicle as directed in the service manual. Some vehicles require that the nitrogen/smoke hose be connected at the front of the EVAP system at the EVAP service port. An adapter may be necessary. Other vehicles require the connection be made at the rear of the system using an adapter at the fuel fill cap. Consult the service manual for vehicle specific instructions regarding connection location and adapters.

3. Open the nitrogen tank valve and turn the nitrogen/smoke valve on the control panel to smoke.


NOTE: The remote switch operates in a push ON, push OFF fashion.


4. Press and release the remote switch to activate the tester and inject smoke into the EVAP system.

5. Verify smoke has filled the EVAP system by opening the system opposite the end where smoke is injected. When injecting smoke at the service port, remove the fuel fill cap and temporarily leave the EVAP canister vent solenoid valve open, and EVAP leak detection pump switching valve in the vent position, until smoke is observed. Then close the system and continue testing. If using a special tool fuel fill cap adapter at the filler neck, use the EN 41413-VLV at the service port until smoke is observed, then remove the EN 41413-VLV and continue with the test.

NOTE: Inject smoke in less than 2 min cycles for optimal tester performance.


6. Press and release the remote switch to deactivate the tester.


NOTE: For optimal visual smoke performance, deactivate the smoke flow and allow the system pressure to drop. Allowing the smoke to exit through small holes at a low flow rate greatly enhances visibility.


7. Introduce smoke into the system for an additional 60 s. Continue introducing smoke at 15 s intervals, as necessary.

8. Using a high-intensity white light, inspect the entire EVAP system path, and look for the source of the leak indicated by the exiting smoke. Introduce smoke at 15 s intervals, as needed, until the source of the leak is identified.

Temperature Variation Instructions


The Concern

Ideal circumstances for conducting the EVAP flow meter test require equal temperatures between the nitrogen gas and the vehicle EVAP system. Significant differences in temperature between them can result in a flow or pressure change during testing, causing misleading results. Typically, the evaporative emissions system tester is

stored indoors, approximately 21°C (70°F). Vehicles brought in for diagnosis may have an EVAP system at significantly different temperatures -40 to +43°C (-40 to +110°F).

For Example


NOTE: With no temperature difference between the nitrogen gas and EVAP system, the resulting vehicle EVAP system pressure will remain stable at 3.2 kPa, 13 in.

H2O, (0.5 PSI) once pressurized, providing no leaks are present.


When the EVAP flow meter tests are performed with significant differences in temperature between the nitrogen gas and the vehicle EVAP system, the following results can occur:

image An increase in flow during the flow meter test can be caused by a vehicle's warm EVAP system cooling down.

image A decrease in flow during the flow meter test can be caused by a vehicle's cool EVAP system warming up.

The Solution

When working on a vehicle with significant differences in temperature between the vehicle EVAP system and the nitrogen gas, allow the vehicle EVAP system temperature to stabilize as close as possible to the temperature of the nitrogen gas before conducting the Flow Meter Test.

INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE SYSTEM CHECK

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


Description


Several states require that a vehicle pass on-board diagnostic (OBD) system tests and inspection/maintenance (I/M) emission inspections in order to renew license plates. This is accomplished by viewing the Inspection/Maintenance System Status or Data display on a scan tool. Using a scan tool, the technician can observe the I/M status in order to verify that the vehicle meets the criteria that complies with the local area requirements.

While testing in the I/M System Status mode, some diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) may occur that are called I/M Test DTCs. An I/M Test DTC is defined as a DTC that is currently commanding the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) ON, and is stored in non-volatile memory. The intended use of this data is to prevent vehicles from passing I/M inspection without proper repair to the vehicle. These DTCs are not erasable from any scan tool command or by disconnecting power to the controller. I/M Test DTCs are supported by all emissions related electronic control units (ECUs). For example, engine control modules (ECMs), transmission control modules (TCMs), and fuel pump control modules (FPCMs). An I/M Test DTC will not be stored or erased from the control module except at the end of trip processing which occurs 5 s after vehicle OFF.

Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status

NOTE: New vehicles may not report an Inspection/Maintenance System Check pass or fail status for certain post catalyst oxygen sensor or heated oxygen sensor 2 diagnostics prior to 700 miles. After replacing a catalytic converter on a vehicle with greater than 700 miles, it may require up to an additional 700 miles to prevent a false failure status.


Each system requires at least one, and sometimes several, diagnostic tests. The results of these tests are reported by a DTC. A system monitor is complete when either all of the DTCs comprising the monitor have Run and Passed, or any one of the DTCs comprising the monitor have illuminated the MIL. Once all of the tests are completed, the Inspection/Maintenance System Status or Data will indicate YES in the Completed or Value column.

For example, when the HO2S Heater Status indicates YES, either all of the oxygen sensor heater tests have passed or one of the tests has illuminated the MIL. If the vehicle has four heated oxygen sensors, either all four heater circuit tests have passed or one of the heater circuit tests has illuminated the MIL. The Inspection/Maintenance System Status or Data will indicate NO under the Completed or Value column when any of the required tests for that system have not run. The following is a list of conditions that would set the Inspection/Maintenance System Status or Data indicator to NO:

image The vehicle is new from the factory and has not yet been driven through the necessary drive conditions to complete the tests.

image The 12 V battery has been disconnected or discharged below operating voltage. image The control module power or ground has been interrupted.

image The control module has been reprogrammed.

image The control module DTCs have been cleared as part of a service procedure.


Conditions for Clearing I/M Test DTCs


1. Only the OBD II System can erase I/M Test DTCs. The OBD II system must determine that the malfunction that caused the I/M Test DTC to be stored is no longer present and is not commanding the MIL. Each of the following represents ways to clear an I/M Test DTC:

image If the MIL goes off due to 3 passing drive cycles, and the scan tool code clear is not used, the I/M Test DTC is erased at power down of the last drive cycle.

image If a scan tool code clear is used to turn OFF the MIL, the I/M Test DTC is not erased, therefore the DTC must PASS and not FAIL during the drive cycle. The I/M Test DTC is erased at power down of the drive cycle.

image If the controller is reflashed/reprogrammed, all I/M Test DTCs are erased.

2. For the OBD II System to run a single drive cycle for clearing an I/M Test DTC, all of the following conditions must occur:

image Vehicle ON, engine run time greater than 600 s.

image Cumulative vehicle speed is greater than 41 km/h (25 mph) greater than 300 s.

image Continuous engine running, and vehicle speed is 0 km/h (0 mph) greater than 30 s. image Vehicle OFF for 5 s.

Monitored Emission Control Systems

The OBD II system monitors all emission control systems that are on-board, but not all vehicles need every possible emission control system. For example, a vehicle may not be equipped with secondary air injection (AIR) or exhaust gas recirculation (EGR). The OBD II regulations require monitoring of the following; if equipped:

image The air conditioning system

image The catalytic converter efficiency

image Comprehensive component monitoring - Emission related inputs and outputs image The evaporative emission (EVAP) system

image The fuel delivery system

image Heated catalyst monitoring image Misfire monitoring

image The oxygen sensor system (O2S or HO2S)

image The oxygen sensor heater system (HO2S heater)

For the specific DTCs required for each system, refer to Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table. Systems such as misfire and comprehensive components may not be listed in a system status list. These tests run continuously and do not require an I/M System Status indicator.

Diagnostic Aids


The Inspection/Maintenance System Status or Data display provides an indication of when the control module has completed the required tests. This does not necessarily mean that the test has passed, only that a decision was made. If the diagnostic fails, a DTC will indicate the failure. If a failure indication is present for a DTC associated with one of the I/M regulated systems, it may prevent other required tests from running. For example, a DTC for the control circuit of the EVAP purge solenoid may not be listed in the Inspection/Maintenance System DTC Table because it is a continuous test. If this DTC is set, the Active Tests for the EVAP system may not run.

The Inspection/Maintenance System Status or Data information may be useful for a technician to determine if diagnostics have run when verifying repairs.

Circuit/System Verification


Vehicle in Service Mode, observe the scan tool Inspection/Maintenance System Status or Data indicators, and the I/M Test DTCs. All I/M System Status indicators should display YES, and no I/M Test DTCs should be present.

Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: Many DTC related repairs will instruct the technician to clear the DTC information. Clearing the DTC will reset the Inspection/Maintenance System Status or Data indicators to NO. Performing the I/M Complete System Set Procedure will set each of the I/M System Status indicators to YES.


1. Observe the Engine DTC information with a scan tool. Verify no I/M DTCs are present.

image If an I/M DTC is set that would prevent the I/M System Status tests from completing, diagnose that

DTC before continuing. Refer to Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table.

2. Review applicable service bulletins for software updates that would prevent the I/M System Status tests from completing.

image If a control module re-program or other repair is required, perform the Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure .

3. Observe the Inspection/Maintenance System Status or Data indicators.

image If any Inspection/Maintenance System Status or Data indicators report NO, perform the

Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure.

INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE COMPLETE SYSTEM SET PROCEDURE

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


Description


The purpose of the Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) complete system set procedure is to satisfy the enable criteria necessary to execute all of the I/M readiness diagnostics and complete the trips for those particular diagnostics. When all I/M monitored diagnostic tests are completed, the I/M System Monitor Indicators are set to YES. Perform the Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure if any I/M System Monitor indicators are set to NO.

Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start


image Ignition voltage between 10 - 32 V.

image Barometric pressure (BARO) between 10 - 16 psi.

image Engine coolant temperature (ECT) less than 40°C (104°F). image Intake air temperature (IAT) between 4 - 45°C (39 - 113°F). image Fuel level between 10 and 90%.

Circuit/System Verification


1. Verify that all I/M System Status indicators report YES, and that no I/M Test DTCs are present.

image If any I/M Test DTCs are set

Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .

image If no I/M Test DTCs are set

2. All OK.


Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure


WARNING: Refer to Road Test Warning .


NOTE: Since the internal combustion engine must run in order for the I/M

monitors to execute, it is suggested that the vehicle state of charge be depleted prior to performing the road test.


1. Vehicle ON, accelerate to a speed greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) with engine speed greater than 1800 RPM.

2. Maintain the vehicle speed and engine speed until the engine reaches normal operating temperatures.

3. Park vehicle and ensure that the vehicle meets the conditions for a cold start listed above.

4. Allow vehicle to sit undisturbed for a minimum of 8 hours.

5. Vehicle in Service Mode, observe the Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Monitors with a scan tool. All of the I/M System Monitors should display YES.

image If any of the I/M System Monitors display NO, refer to the Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table for the monitor which did not display YES. The I/M System DTC Table identifies the DTCs associated with each I/M System Monitor.


NOTE: An I/M Test DTC will not be stored or erased from the ECU except at the end of trip processing, which occurs 5 s after Vehicle OFF.


6. Observe the I/M Test DTC information with a scan tool. Verify there are no I/M Test DTCs present.

image If an I/M Test DTC is set, diagnose the DTC using the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle , and refer to Inspection/Maintenance System Check .

7. Observe the ECM DTC information with a scan tool. Verify no DTCs are present.

image If a DTC is set, diagnose using the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle . After repairs, perform the Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure to verify no further DTCs are set.

INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) SYSTEM DTC TABLE


System

DTCs Required to Set System Status to YES

If an I/M System Status indicator did NOT update to YES during the Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure, review each indicator and reference this table to determine each DTC associated with the I/M System Status Indicator. Each DTC listed below has specific conditions that must be met for the diagnostic to run. Included within the conditions are additional DTCs which, if set, may inhibit the DTCs listed below from running. Reviewing and operating the vehicle within the Conditions for Running for each DTC listed below will allow the I/M System Status Indicators to transition to YES.

Catalyst

DTC P0420

EVAP

image DTC P043E, P043F, or P145F image DTC P0442 or P0455

image DTC P0451-P0453

Fuel

DTC P219A

Oxygen Sensor

image DTC P0131, P0132, P0137, or P0138

image DTC P0133, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P015A, P015B, P2270, or P2271

System

DTCs Required to Set System Status to YES

Oxygen Sensor Heater

DTC P0030-P0032, P0036-P0038, P0053, P0054, P0135, or P0141

Camshaft Position

DTC P0011 or P0014

ELECTRONIC IGNITION SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS

Diagnostic Instructions


image Perform the Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle prior to using this diagnostic procedure. image Review Strategy Based Diagnosis for an overview of the diagnostic approach.

image Refer to Diagnostic Procedure Instructions to provide an overview of each diagnostic category.


Circuit/System Description


This ignition system uses an individual coil for each cylinder. The engine control module (ECM) controls the spark events by transmitting the timing pulses on the ignition control (IC) circuits to the individual ignition coils in firing order sequence.

Diagnostic Aids


image An open/high resistance on the low reference circuit to the ignition coil may cause a misfire. image An erratic or weak spark is considered a no spark condition.

Reference Information


Schematic Reference

Engine Controls Schematics

Connector End View Reference

COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX

Description and Operation

Electronic Ignition System Description

Electrical Information Reference

image Circuit Testing

image Connector Repairs

image Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections image Wiring Repairs

Scan Tool Reference

Control Module References

Special Tools

EL 26792 HEI Spark Tester

For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) Special Tools (Repair Tools) .

Circuit/System Testing


NOTE: Do not perform this diagnostic procedure unless you were sent here from a misfire DTC or the Engine Cranks But Does Not Run diagnostic.


1. Vehicle OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate T8 Ignition Coil. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.

2. Test for less than 5 Ω between the ground circuit terminal 1 or A and ground.

image If 5 Ω or greater

1. Vehicle OFF.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ground circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection.

image If less than 5 Ω

3. Test for less than 5 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 2 or B and ground.

image If 5 Ω or greater

1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit. image If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If less than 5 Ω

4. Vehicle in Service Mode.

5. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the ignition circuit terminal 4 or D and ground.

image If the test lamp does not illuminate

1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp.

2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ignition circuit end to end.

image If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.

image If less than 2 Ω, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse.

image If the test lamp illuminates

6. Vehicle OFF, exchange the suspect T8 Ignition Coil with the T8 Ignition Coil of a known functioning cylinder.

7. Engine Running.

8. Verify the scan tool Cylinder 1 - 4 Current Misfire Counter does not increment for the same cylinder that the suspect T8 Ignition Coil was removed from.

image If increments

Replace the K20 Engine Control Module.

image If does not increment

9. Test or replace the T8 Ignition Coil.


Component Testing


NOTE: You must perform the Circuit/System Testing before proceeding with Component Testing.


1. Vehicle OFF, connect the EL 26792 HEI Spark Tester to the appropriate T8 Ignition Coil.

2. Engine Running.

3. Verify the spark output of the T8 Ignition Coil.

image If no output or the output is weak

Replace the T8 Ignition Coil

image If the output is good

4. All OK.


Repair Instructions


Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.

image Refer to Ignition Coil Replacement

image Refer to Control Module References for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup.


image


image